|
0
|
1 -*- mode:outline; minor-mode:outl-mouse -*-
|
|
46
|
2 C-c TAB This shows subheadings (if any) of current heading.
|
|
|
3 C-c C-s Show _all_ the text and headings under current heading
|
|
|
4
|
|
0
|
5
|
|
|
6 * Introduction
|
|
|
7 ==============
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
9 This file presents some general information about XEmacs. It is primarily
|
|
|
10 about the evolution of XEmacs and its release history.
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
12 There are five sections.
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
14 Introduction................(this section) provides an introduction
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
16 Using Outline Mode..........briefly explains how to use outline mode
|
|
|
17
|
|
46
|
18 XEmacs Release Notes........detailed changes to this release
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
20 Future Plans for XEmacs.....what's next
|
|
|
21
|
|
0
|
22 The History of XEmacs.......some historical notes
|
|
|
23
|
|
46
|
24 A Long List of Packages.....all the stuff in XEmacs
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
26 What Changed................between versions and also FSF GNU Emacs
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
28 New users should look at the next section on "Using Outline Mode".
|
|
|
29 You will be more efficient when you can navigate quickly through this
|
|
|
30 file. Users who want to know which capabilities have been introduced
|
|
|
31 in this release should look at the "XEmacs Release Notes." Users
|
|
42
|
32 interested in some of the details of how XEmacs differs from GNU Emacs
|
|
46
|
33 should read the section "What Changed?".
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
35 N.B. The term "FSF GNU Emacs" refers to any release of Emacs
|
|
|
36 Version 19 from the Free Software Foundation's GNU Project. (We do
|
|
|
37 not say just "GNU Emacs" because Richard M. Stallman ["RMS"]
|
|
|
38 thinks that this term is too generic; although we sometimes say
|
|
|
39 e.g. "GNU Emacs 19.30" to refer to a specific version of FSF GNU
|
|
|
40 Emacs. The term "XEmacs" refers to this program or to its
|
|
|
41 predecessors "Era", "Epoch", and "Lucid Emacs". The predecessor
|
|
|
42 of all these program is called "Emacs 18". When no particular
|
|
|
43 version is implied, "Emacs" will be used.
|
|
0
|
44
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
46 * Using Outline Mode
|
|
|
47 ====================
|
|
|
48
|
|
|
49 This file is in outline mode, a major mode for viewing (or editing)
|
|
|
50 outlines. It allows you to make parts of the text temporarily invisible so
|
|
|
51 that you can see just the overall structure of the outline.
|
|
|
52
|
|
|
53 There are two ways of using outline mode: with keys or with menus. Using
|
|
|
54 outline mode with menus is the simplest and is just as effective as using
|
|
|
55 keystrokes. There are menus for outline mode on the menubar as well as in
|
|
|
56 popup menus activated by pressing mouse button 3.
|
|
|
57
|
|
46
|
58 Try the following to help you read this file.
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
60 C-c C-q This hides everything but the very top level headings
|
|
|
61 You can then move to an interesting section
|
|
|
62 C-c TAB This shows subheadings (if any) of current heading.
|
|
|
63 C-c C-s Show _all_ the text and headings under current heading
|
|
|
64 C-c C-d Hide _all_ the text and headings under current heading
|
|
|
65
|
|
|
66 It's then easy to navigate through the file alternating between
|
|
|
67 showing, C-C C-s, and hiding, C-c C-d, the text. Also, use the "Show"
|
|
|
68 and "Hide" menus displayed to get access to the same commands.
|
|
|
69
|
|
0
|
70 You may at any time press `C-h m' to get a listing of the outline mode key
|
|
46
|
71 bindings.
|
|
|
72
|
|
|
73 * XEmacs Release Notes
|
|
|
74 ======================
|
|
|
75
|
|
|
76 ** Major Differences Between 19.14 and 19.15
|
|
|
77 ============================================
|
|
|
78
|
|
|
79 Many bugs have been fixed. An effort has been made to eradicate all
|
|
|
80 XEmacs crashes, although we are not quite done yet. The overall
|
|
|
81 quality of XEmacs should be higher than any previous release. XEmacs
|
|
|
82 now compiles with nary a warning with some compilers.
|
|
|
83
|
|
|
84 User visible changes:
|
|
|
85
|
|
|
86 -- EFS replaces ange-ftp for remote file manipulation capability.
|
|
|
87
|
|
|
88 -- TM (Tools for Mime) now comes with XEmacs. This provides MIME
|
|
|
89 (Multi-purpose Internet Multi-media Extensions?) support for Mail
|
|
|
90 and News. The primary author is Morioka Tomohiko.
|
|
|
91
|
|
|
92 -- There is a new way to customize faces and (some) variables.
|
|
|
93
|
|
|
94 Try it with `M-x customize RET', or from the Options->Customize menu.
|
|
|
95 Documented in <URL:info:custom>.
|
|
|
96
|
|
|
97 -- The AUC TeX environment for editing and running TeX is now bundled.
|
|
|
98 (Per Abrahamsen.)
|
|
|
99 Enable with (require 'tex-site) in your .emacs file.
|
|
|
100 Documented in <URL:info:auctex>.
|
|
|
101
|
|
|
102 -- New user option `init-face-from-resources'.
|
|
|
103 If you don't set faces with X resources, you can speed up the
|
|
|
104 initialization of new faces by setting this to nil.
|
|
|
105
|
|
|
106 -- `column.el' removed, use `column-number-mode' instead.
|
|
|
107
|
|
|
108 -- Command line processing should work much better now - no more order
|
|
|
109 dependencies.
|
|
|
110
|
|
|
111 -- html mode now defaults to using HTML-3.2
|
|
|
112
|
|
|
113 -- VM now has a native MIME mode
|
|
|
114
|
|
|
115 -- The traditional time.el package now has optional modeline graphics
|
|
|
116
|
|
|
117 -- The XEmacs Logo has been changed courtesy of Jens Lautenbacher
|
|
|
118
|
|
|
119 -- Default background changed to gray80
|
|
|
120
|
|
|
121 -- The XEmacs build procedure has been changed to make it easier than
|
|
|
122 ever to include new packages to be dumped with the binary
|
|
|
123
|
|
|
124 -- cc-mode is no longer auto-loaded. (require 'cc-mode) is now needed
|
|
|
125 before you customize cc-mode in your .emacs.
|
|
|
126
|
|
|
127 -- blink-cursor-mode is somewhat more useable now that the cursor
|
|
|
128 stops blinking during keyboard activity.
|
|
|
129
|
|
|
130 -- Dired is now part of efs and went from version 6.X to 7.9.
|
|
|
131 Keybindings have been synced with FSF Emacs, there are more menus and
|
|
|
132 items in menus are sometimes grouped differently. Any personnal
|
|
|
133 customization to dired will probably have to be checked.
|
|
|
134
|
|
|
135 If you are a 19.14 user and use its dired a lot, expect to get mad at
|
|
|
136 'c', 'r' and '^' keybindings."
|
|
|
137
|
|
|
138
|
|
|
139 ** New Packages
|
|
|
140 ------------
|
|
|
141
|
|
|
142 Noteworthy new packages:
|
|
|
143 redo
|
|
|
144 igrep
|
|
|
145 uniquify
|
|
|
146 auctex
|
|
|
147
|
|
|
148
|
|
|
149 -- Many new packages have been added:
|
|
|
150 *** auctex (Per Abrahamsen)
|
|
|
151 *** customize (Per Abrahamsen))
|
|
|
152 *** m4-mode 1.8 (Andrew Csillag)
|
|
|
153 *** crisp.el - crisp/brief emulation (Gary D. Foster)
|
|
|
154 Minor mode emulation for Borland's Brief/Crisp editor
|
|
|
155 *** Johan Vroman's iso-acc.el has been ported to XEmacs by Alexandre Oliva
|
|
|
156 *** psgml-1.01 (Lennart Staflin, James Clark)
|
|
|
157 *** python-mode.el 2.90 (Barry Warsaw)
|
|
|
158 *** vrml-mode.el (Ben Wing)
|
|
|
159 *** enriched.el, face-menu.el (Boris Goldowsky, Michael Sperber)
|
|
|
160 *** sh-script.el (Daniel Pfeiffer)
|
|
|
161 *** decipher.el (Christopher J. Madsen)
|
|
|
162 *** mic-paren.el (Mikael Sjödin)
|
|
|
163 *** xrdb-mode.el 1.21 (Barry Warsaw)
|
|
|
164 *** redo.el 1.01 (Kyle Jones)
|
|
|
165 *** edmacro.el (ported by Hrvoje Niksic)
|
|
|
166 *** verilog-mode.el (Michael McNamara)
|
|
|
167 *** webjump.el-1.4 (Neil W. Van Dyke)
|
|
|
168 *** overlay.el (Joseph Nuspl support for Emacs overlay API)
|
|
|
169 *** browse-cltl2.el 1.1 (Holger Schauer)
|
|
|
170 *** mine.el 1.17 (Jacques Duthen)
|
|
48
|
171 *** igrep.el 2.56 (Kevin Rodgers)
|
|
46
|
172 *** speedbar.el (Eric Ludlam)
|
|
|
173 *** frame-icon.el (Michael Lamoureux)
|
|
|
174 *** winmgr-mode.el (David Konerding, Stefan Strobel & Barry Warsaw)
|
|
|
175 *** whitespace-mode.el (Heiko Muenkel)
|
|
|
176 *** detached-minibuf.el (Alvin Shelton)
|
|
|
177
|
|
|
178 ** Updated Packages
|
|
|
179 ------------
|
|
|
180
|
|
|
181 Most packages have been updated to the latest available versions.
|
|
|
182 (thanks go to countless maintainers):
|
|
|
183
|
|
|
184 *** ediff 2.64 (Michael Kifer)
|
|
|
185 *** Gnus Gnus 5.4.36 (Lars Magne Ingebrigtsen)
|
|
|
186
|
|
|
187 **** nntp.el has been totally rewritten in an asynchronous fashion.
|
|
|
188
|
|
|
189 **** Article prefetching functionality has been moved up into
|
|
|
190 Gnus.
|
|
|
191
|
|
|
192 **** Scoring can now be performed with logical operators like
|
|
|
193 `and', `or', `not', and parent redirection.
|
|
|
194
|
|
|
195 **** Article washing status can be displayed in the
|
|
|
196 article mode line.
|
|
|
197
|
|
|
198 **** gnus.el has been split into many smaller files.
|
|
|
199
|
|
|
200 **** Suppression of duplicate articles based on Message-ID.
|
|
|
201
|
|
|
202 (setq gnus-suppress-duplicates t)
|
|
|
203
|
|
|
204 **** New variables for specifying what score and adapt files
|
|
|
205 are to be considered home score and adapt files. See
|
|
|
206 `gnus-home-score-file' and `gnus-home-adapt-files'.
|
|
|
207
|
|
|
208 **** Groups can inherit group parameters from parent topics.
|
|
|
209
|
|
|
210 **** Article editing has been revamped and is now usable.
|
|
|
211
|
|
|
212 **** Signatures can be recognized in more intelligent fashions.
|
|
|
213 See `gnus-signature-separator' and `gnus-signature-limit'.
|
|
|
214
|
|
|
215 **** Summary pick mode has been made to look more nn-like.
|
|
|
216 Line numbers are displayed and the `.' command can be
|
|
|
217 used to pick articles.
|
|
|
218
|
|
|
219 **** Commands for moving the .newsrc.eld from one server to
|
|
|
220 another have been added.
|
|
|
221
|
|
|
222 `M-x gnus-change-server'
|
|
|
223
|
|
|
224 **** A way to specify that "uninteresting" fields be suppressed when
|
|
|
225 generating lines in buffers.
|
|
|
226
|
|
|
227 **** Several commands in the group buffer can be undone with
|
|
|
228 `M-C-_'.
|
|
|
229
|
|
|
230 **** Scoring can be done on words using the new score type `w'.
|
|
|
231
|
|
|
232 **** Adaptive scoring can be done on a Subject word-by-word basis:
|
|
|
233
|
|
|
234 (setq gnus-use-adaptive-scoring '(word))
|
|
|
235
|
|
|
236 **** Scores can be decayed.
|
|
|
237
|
|
|
238 (setq gnus-decay-scores t)
|
|
|
239
|
|
|
240 **** Scoring can be performed using a regexp on the Date header. The
|
|
|
241 Date is normalized to compact ISO 8601 format first.
|
|
|
242
|
|
|
243 **** A new command has been added to remove all data on articles from
|
|
|
244 the native server.
|
|
|
245
|
|
|
246 `M-x gnus-group-clear-data-on-native-groups'
|
|
|
247
|
|
|
248 **** A new command for reading collections of documents
|
|
|
249 (nndoc with nnvirtual on top) has been added -- `M-C-d'.
|
|
|
250
|
|
|
251 **** Process mark sets can be pushed and popped.
|
|
|
252
|
|
|
253 **** A new mail-to-news backend makes it possible to post
|
|
|
254 even when the NNTP server doesn't allow posting.
|
|
|
255
|
|
|
256 **** A new backend for reading searches from Web search engines
|
|
|
257 (DejaNews, Alta Vista, InReference) has been added.
|
|
|
258
|
|
|
259 Use the `G w' command in the group buffer to create such
|
|
|
260 a group.
|
|
|
261
|
|
|
262 **** Groups inside topics can now be sorted using the standard
|
|
|
263 sorting functions, and each topic can be sorted independently.
|
|
|
264
|
|
|
265 See the commands under the `T S' submap.
|
|
|
266
|
|
|
267 **** Subsets of the groups can be sorted independently.
|
|
|
268
|
|
|
269 See the commands under the `G P' submap.
|
|
|
270
|
|
|
271 **** Cached articles can be pulled into the groups.
|
|
|
272
|
|
|
273 Use the `Y c' command.
|
|
|
274
|
|
|
275 **** Score files are now applied in a more reliable order.
|
|
|
276
|
|
|
277 **** Reports on where mail messages end up can be generated.
|
|
|
278
|
|
|
279 `M-x nnmail-split-history'
|
|
|
280
|
|
|
281 **** More hooks and functions have been added to remove junk
|
|
|
282 from incoming mail before saving the mail.
|
|
|
283
|
|
|
284 See `nnmail-prepare-incoming-header-hook'.
|
|
|
285
|
|
|
286 **** The nnml mail backend now understands compressed article files.
|
|
|
287 *** w3 3.0.71 (Bill Perry)
|
|
|
288 - Major upgrade to Emacs/W3, including
|
|
|
289 - Much fuller stylesheet support
|
|
|
290 - Tables support
|
|
|
291 - Frames support
|
|
|
292 - better asynchronous downloads
|
|
|
293 - now uses the widget library for consistent look of form elements
|
|
|
294 - Much much much faster
|
|
|
295 *** ilisp 5.8 (Chris McConnell, Ivan Vasquez, Marco Antoniotti, Rick
|
|
|
296 Campbell)
|
|
|
297 *** VM 6.22 (Kyle Jones)
|
|
|
298 *** etags 11.78 (Francesco Potorti`)
|
|
|
299 *** ksh-mode.el 2.9
|
|
|
300 *** vhdl-mode.el 2.73 (Rod Whitby)
|
|
|
301 *** id-select.el 1.4.5 (Bob Weiner)
|
|
|
302 *** EDT/TPU emulation modes should work now for the first time.
|
|
|
303 *** viper 2.93 (Michael Kifer) is now the `official' vi emulator for XEmacs.
|
|
|
304 *** big-menubar should work much better now.
|
|
|
305 *** mode-motion+.el 3.16
|
|
|
306 *** backup-dir 2.0 (Greg Klanderman)
|
|
|
307 *** ps-print.el-3.05 (Jacques Duthen Prestataire)
|
|
|
308 *** lazy-lock-1.16 (Simon Marshall)
|
|
|
309 *** fast-lock.el 3.10.2 (Simon Marshall)
|
|
|
310 *** reporter 3.3 (Barry Warsaw)
|
|
|
311 *** hm--html-menus 5.4 (Heiko Muenkel)
|
|
|
312 *** cc-mode 4.387 (Barry Warsaw)
|
|
|
313 *** elp 2.37 (Barry Warsaw)
|
|
|
314 *** itimer.el-1.05 (Kyle Jones)
|
|
|
315 *** floating-toolbar.el-1.02 (Kyle Jones)
|
|
|
316 *** balloon-help.el-1.05 (Kyle Jones)
|
|
|
317 *** hyperbole-4.023 (Bob Weiner)
|
|
|
318 *** cperl-mode-1.31+
|
|
|
319 *** OO-Browser 2.10 (Bob Weiner)
|
|
|
320
|
|
|
321 ** Changes at Lisp level
|
|
|
322 ------------
|
|
|
323
|
|
|
324 -- New `widget' library for inserting UI components in buffers.
|
|
|
325 Documented in <URL:info:widget>.
|
|
|
326
|
|
|
327 -- New `custom' library for declaring user options and faces.
|
|
|
328 Documented in <URL:info:custom>.
|
|
|
329
|
|
|
330 -- New function `make-empty-face'.
|
|
|
331 Like `make-face', but doesn't query the resource database.
|
|
|
332
|
|
|
333 -- New function x-keysym-on-keyboard-p helps determine keyboard
|
|
|
334 characteristics for key rebinding:
|
|
|
335
|
|
|
336 x-keysym-on-keyboard-p: (KEYSYM &optional DEVICE)
|
|
|
337 -- a built-in function.
|
|
|
338 Return true if KEYSYM names a key on the keyboard of DEVICE.
|
|
|
339 More precisely, return true if pressing a physical key
|
|
|
340 on the keyboard of DEVICE without any modifier keys generates KEYSYM.
|
|
|
341 Valid keysyms are listed in the files /usr/include/X11/keysymdef.h and in
|
|
|
342 /usr/lib/X11/XKeysymDB, or whatever the equivalents are on your system.
|
|
|
343
|
|
|
344 -- Usage of keysyms of the form kp_0 is deprecated and one should use
|
|
|
345 the Emacs compatible kp-0 instead.
|
|
|
346
|
|
|
347
|
|
|
348 -- preceding-char and following-char have been obsoleted. Use the
|
|
|
349 much safer and correct functions char-after and char-before instead.
|
|
|
350
|
|
|
351 -- Many symbols present for compatibility with GNU Emacs no longer
|
|
|
352 generate bytecompiler warning messages
|
|
|
353
|
|
|
354 -- Installed info files are now compressed (support courtesy of Joseph J Nuspl)
|
|
|
355
|
|
|
356 -- (load-average) works on Solaris, even if you're not root. Thanks to
|
|
|
357 Hrvoje Niksic.
|
|
|
358
|
|
|
359 -- OffiX drag-and-drop support added
|
|
|
360
|
|
|
361 -- lots of syncing with 19.34 elisp files, most by Steven Baur
|
|
|
362
|
|
|
363 -- M-: (eval-expression) is now enabled by default since it is much
|
|
|
364 more difficult to type.
|
|
|
365
|
|
|
366 -- new variables:
|
|
|
367 signal-error-on-buffer-boundary
|
|
|
368
|
|
|
369
|
|
|
370 * Future Plans for XEmacs
|
|
|
371 ==========================
|
|
|
372
|
|
|
373 This is the end of the line for XEmacs v19. No new development is planned
|
|
|
374 on this source tree. XEmacs 20.1 will contain the functionality in 19.15,
|
|
|
375 and development will continue with XEmacs 20.2. The major new `feature'
|
|
|
376 planned in 20.2 will be the introduction of separable packages and the
|
|
|
377 capability to download and use an XEmacs lite distribution.
|
|
0
|
378
|
|
|
379 * The History of XEmacs
|
|
|
380 =======================
|
|
|
381
|
|
|
382 This product is an extension of GNU Emacs, previously known to some as
|
|
|
383 "Lucid Emacs" or "ERA". It was initially based on an early version of Emacs
|
|
|
384 Version 19 from the Free Software Foundation and has since been kept
|
|
|
385 up-to-date with recent versions of that product. It stems from a
|
|
|
386 collaboration of Lucid, Inc. with SunSoft DevPro (a division of Sun
|
|
|
387 Microsystems, Inc.; formerly called SunPro) and the University of Illinois.
|
|
|
388
|
|
|
389 NOTE: Lucid, Inc. is currently out of business but development on XEmacs
|
|
|
390 continues strong. Recently, Amdahl Corporation and INS Engineering have
|
|
|
391 both contributed significantly to the development of XEmacs.
|
|
|
392
|
|
|
393
|
|
46
|
394 * A Long List of Packages
|
|
|
395 =======================
|
|
|
396
|
|
|
397 This section gives a detailed list of packages included with XEmacs.
|
|
|
398 It's long! Of particular interest are: games, gnus, modes, packages,
|
|
|
399 and utils.
|
|
|
400
|
|
|
401 ** auctex - Super TeX
|
|
|
402 *** auctex/auc-old.el
|
|
|
403 This file contains an alternative keymapping, compatible with
|
|
|
404 older versions of AUC TeX. You are strongly suggested to try the
|
|
|
405 new keyboard layout, as we would like this file to go away
|
|
|
406 eventually.
|
|
|
407 *** auctex/bib-cite.el
|
|
|
408 Commentary:
|
|
|
409
|
|
|
410 This package is used in various TeX modes to display or edit references
|
|
|
411 associated with \cite commands, or matching \ref and \label commands.
|
|
|
412 *** auctex/font-latex.el
|
|
|
413 Commentary:
|
|
|
414 *** auctex/style/german.el
|
|
|
415 Commentary:
|
|
|
416
|
|
|
417 `german.sty' use `"' to give next character an umlaut.
|
|
|
418 *** auctex/style/harvard.el
|
|
|
419 Commentary:
|
|
|
420
|
|
|
421 Harvard citation style is from Peter Williams available on the CTAN
|
|
|
422 servers
|
|
|
423 *** auctex/style/plfonts.el
|
|
|
424 Commentary:
|
|
|
425
|
|
|
426 `plfonts.sty' use `"' to make next character Polish.
|
|
|
427 `plfonts.sty' <C> L. Holenderski, IIUW, lhol@mimuw.edu.pl
|
|
|
428 *** auctex/style/plhb.el
|
|
|
429 Commentary:
|
|
|
430
|
|
|
431 `plhb.sty' use `"' to make next character Polish.
|
|
|
432 `plhb.sty' <C> J. S. Bie\'n, IIUW, jsbien@mimuw.edu.pl
|
|
|
433
|
|
|
434
|
|
|
435 ** bytecomp - Byte compile Emacs Lisp files
|
|
|
436 *** bytecomp/byte-optimize.el
|
|
|
437 Commentary:
|
|
|
438
|
|
|
439 ========================================================================
|
|
|
440 "No matter how hard you try, you can't make a racehorse out of a pig.
|
|
|
441 You can, however, make a faster pig."
|
|
|
442
|
|
|
443 Or, to put it another way, the emacs byte compiler is a VW Bug. This code
|
|
|
444 makes it be a VW Bug with fuel injection and a turbocharger... You're
|
|
|
445 still not going to make it go faster than 70 mph, but it might be easier
|
|
|
446 to get it there.
|
|
|
447
|
|
|
448 *** bytecomp/bytecomp-runtime.el
|
|
|
449 Commentary:
|
|
|
450
|
|
|
451 interface to selectively inlining functions.
|
|
|
452 This only happens when source-code optimization is turned on.
|
|
|
453 *** bytecomp/bytecomp.el
|
|
|
454 Commentary:
|
|
|
455
|
|
|
456 The Emacs Lisp byte compiler. This crunches lisp source into a sort
|
|
|
457 of p-code which takes up less space and can be interpreted faster.
|
|
|
458 The user entry points are byte-compile-file and byte-recompile-directory.
|
|
|
459 *** bytecomp/disass.el
|
|
|
460 Commentary:
|
|
|
461
|
|
|
462 The single entry point, `disassemble', disassembles a code object generated
|
|
|
463 by the Emacs Lisp byte-compiler. This doesn't invert the compilation
|
|
|
464 operation, not by a long shot, but it's useful for debugging.
|
|
|
465
|
|
|
466 ** calendar - Calendars, diaries and appointments
|
|
|
467 *** calendar/calendar.el
|
|
|
468 Commentary:
|
|
|
469
|
|
|
470 This collection of functions implements a calendar window. It
|
|
|
471 generates a calendar for the current month, together with the previous
|
|
|
472 and coming months, or for any other three-month period. The calendar
|
|
|
473 can be scrolled forward and backward in the window to show months in
|
|
|
474 the past or future; the cursor can move forward and backward by days,
|
|
|
475 weeks, or months, making it possible, for instance, to jump to the
|
|
|
476 date a specified number of days, weeks, or months from the date under
|
|
|
477 the cursor. The user can display a list of holidays and other notable
|
|
|
478 days for the period shown; the notable days can be marked on the
|
|
|
479 calendar, if desired. The user can also specify that dates having
|
|
|
480 corresponding diary entries (in a file that the user specifies) be
|
|
|
481 marked; the diary entries for any date can be viewed in a separate
|
|
|
482 window. The diary and the notable days can be viewed independently of
|
|
|
483 the calendar. Dates can be translated from the (usual) Gregorian
|
|
|
484 calendar to the day of the year/days remaining in year, to the ISO
|
|
|
485 commercial calendar, to the Julian (old style) calendar, to the Hebrew
|
|
|
486 calendar, to the Islamic calendar, to the French Revolutionary calendar,
|
|
|
487 to the Mayan calendar, and to the astronomical (Julian) day number.
|
|
|
488 When floating point is available, times of sunrise/sunset can be displayed,
|
|
|
489 as can the phases of the moon. Appointment notification for diary entries
|
|
|
490 is available.
|
|
|
491 *** calendar/cal-dst.el
|
|
|
492 Commentary:
|
|
|
493
|
|
|
494 This collection of functions implements the features of calendar.el and
|
|
|
495 holiday.el that deal with daylight savings time.
|
|
|
496 *** calendar/cal-french.el
|
|
|
497 Commentary:
|
|
|
498
|
|
|
499 This collection of functions implements the features of calendar.el and
|
|
|
500 diary.el that deal with the French Revolutionary calendar.
|
|
|
501 *** calendar/cal-mayan.el
|
|
|
502 Commentary:
|
|
|
503
|
|
|
504 This collection of functions implements the features of calendar.el and
|
|
|
505 diary.el that deal with the Mayan calendar. It was written jointly by
|
|
|
506 *** calendar/cal-x.el
|
|
|
507 Commentary:
|
|
|
508
|
|
|
509 This collection of functions implements dedicated frames in x-windows for
|
|
|
510 calendar.el.
|
|
|
511 *** calendar/cal-xemacs.el
|
|
|
512 Commentary:
|
|
|
513
|
|
|
514 This collection of functions implements menu bar and popup menu support for
|
|
|
515 calendar.el.
|
|
|
516 *** calendar/diary-ins.el
|
|
|
517 Commentary:
|
|
|
518
|
|
|
519 This collection of functions implements the diary insertion features as
|
|
|
520 described in calendar.el.
|
|
|
521 *** calendar/solar.el
|
|
|
522 Commentary:
|
|
|
523
|
|
|
524 This collection of functions implements the features of calendar.el,
|
|
|
525 diary.el, and holiday.el that deal with times of day, sunrise/sunset, and
|
|
|
526 eqinoxes/solstices.
|
|
|
527
|
|
|
528 ** cl - Common Lisp compatibility with Emacs Lisp
|
|
|
529 *** cl/cl-compat.el
|
|
|
530 Commentary:
|
|
|
531
|
|
|
532 These are extensions to Emacs Lisp that provide a degree of
|
|
|
533 Common Lisp compatibility, beyond what is already built-in
|
|
|
534 in Emacs Lisp.
|
|
|
535
|
|
|
536 ** comint - For running shells, telnet, rsh, gdb, dbx under Emacs
|
|
|
537 *** comint/comint-xemacs.el
|
|
|
538 Commentary:
|
|
|
539
|
|
|
540 Declare customizable faces for comint outside the main code so it can
|
|
|
541 be dumped with XEmacs.
|
|
|
542 *** comint/comint.el
|
|
|
543 Commentary:
|
|
|
544
|
|
|
545 This file defines a general command-interpreter-in-a-buffer package
|
|
|
546 (comint mode). The idea is that you can build specific process-in-a-buffer
|
|
|
547 modes on top of comint mode -- e.g., lisp, shell, scheme, T, soar, ....
|
|
|
548 This way, all these specific packages share a common base functionality,
|
|
|
549 and a common set of bindings, which makes them easier to use (and
|
|
|
550 saves code, implementation time, etc., etc.).
|
|
|
551
|
|
|
552 Several packages are already defined using comint mode:
|
|
|
553 - shell.el defines a shell-in-a-buffer mode.
|
|
|
554 - cmulisp.el defines a simple lisp-in-a-buffer mode.
|
|
|
555
|
|
|
556 - The file cmuscheme.el defines a scheme-in-a-buffer mode.
|
|
|
557 - The file tea.el tunes scheme and inferior-scheme modes for T.
|
|
|
558 - The file soar.el tunes lisp and inferior-lisp modes for Soar.
|
|
|
559 - cmutex.el defines tex and latex modes that invoke tex, latex, bibtex,
|
|
|
560 previewers, and printers from within emacs.
|
|
|
561 - background.el allows csh-like job control inside emacs.
|
|
|
562 *** comint/gdb.el
|
|
|
563 Commentary:
|
|
|
564
|
|
|
565 A facility is provided for the simultaneous display of the source code
|
|
|
566 in one window, while using gdb to step through a function in the
|
|
|
567 other. A small arrow in the source window, indicates the current
|
|
|
568 line.
|
|
|
569 *** comint/gud.el
|
|
|
570 Commentary:
|
|
|
571 *** comint/history.el
|
|
|
572 Commentary:
|
|
|
573
|
|
|
574 suggested generic history stuff -- tale
|
|
|
575
|
|
|
576 This is intended to provided easy access to a list of elements
|
|
|
577 being kept as a history ring.
|
|
|
578 *** comint/inf-lisp.el
|
|
|
579 Commentary:
|
|
|
580
|
|
|
581 This file defines a a lisp-in-a-buffer package (inferior-lisp
|
|
|
582 mode) built on top of comint mode. This version is more
|
|
|
583 featureful, robust, and uniform than the Emacs 18 version. The
|
|
|
584 key bindings are also more compatible with the bindings of Hemlock
|
|
|
585 and Zwei (the Lisp Machine emacs).
|
|
|
586 *** comint/kermit.el
|
|
|
587 Commentary:
|
|
|
588
|
|
|
589 I'm not sure, but I think somebody asked about running kermit under shell
|
|
|
590 mode a while ago. Anyway, here is some code that I find useful. The result
|
|
|
591 is that I can log onto machines with primitive operating systems (VMS and
|
|
|
592 ATT system V :-), and still have the features of shell-mode available for
|
|
|
593 command history, etc. It's also handy to be able to run a file transfer in
|
|
|
594 an emacs window. The transfer is in the "background", but you can also
|
|
|
595 monitor or stop it easily.
|
|
|
596 *** comint/rlogin.el
|
|
|
597 Commentary:
|
|
|
598
|
|
|
599 Support for remote logins using `rlogin'.
|
|
|
600 This program is layered on top of shell.el; the code here only accounts
|
|
|
601 for the variations needed to handle a remote process, e.g. directory
|
|
|
602 tracking and the sending of some special characters.
|
|
|
603 *** comint/shell.el
|
|
|
604 Commentary:
|
|
|
605
|
|
|
606 This file defines a a shell-in-a-buffer package (shell mode) built
|
|
|
607 on top of comint mode. This is actually cmushell with things
|
|
|
608 renamed to replace its counterpart in Emacs 18. cmushell is more
|
|
|
609 featureful, robust, and uniform than the Emacs 18 version.
|
|
|
610 *** comint/telnet.el
|
|
|
611 Commentary:
|
|
|
612
|
|
|
613 This mode is intended to be used for telnet or rsh to a remode host;
|
|
|
614 `telnet' and `rsh' are the two entry points. Multiple telnet or rsh
|
|
|
615 sessions are supported.
|
|
|
616
|
|
|
617 ** custom - Allow's user to customize Emacs
|
|
|
618 *** custom/custom.el
|
|
|
619 Commentary:
|
|
|
620
|
|
|
621 This file only contain the code needed to declare and initialize
|
|
|
622 user options. The code to customize options is autoloaded from
|
|
|
623 `cus-edit.el'.
|
|
|
624
|
|
|
625 The code implementing face declarations is in `cus-face.el'
|
|
|
626
|
|
|
627 ** edebug - Emacs Lisp debugger
|
|
|
628 *** edebug/cl-read.el
|
|
|
629 Commentary:
|
|
|
630
|
|
|
631 Please send bugs and comments to the author.
|
|
|
632
|
|
|
633 This package replaces the standard Emacs Lisp reader (implemented
|
|
|
634 as a set of built-in Lisp function in C) by a flexible and
|
|
|
635 customizable Common Lisp like one (implemented entirely in Emacs
|
|
|
636 Lisp). During reading of Emacs Lisp source files, it is about 40%
|
|
|
637 slower than the built-in reader, but there is no difference in
|
|
|
638 loading byte compiled files - they dont contain any syntactic sugar
|
|
|
639 and are loaded with the built in subroutine `load'.
|
|
|
640
|
|
|
641 ** ediff - Compare and merge files with graphical difference display
|
|
|
642 *** ediff/ediff.el
|
|
|
643 Commentary:
|
|
|
644
|
|
|
645 Never read that diff output again!
|
|
|
646 Apply patch interactively!
|
|
|
647 Merge with ease!
|
|
|
648
|
|
|
649 This package provides a convenient way of simultaneous browsing through
|
|
|
650 the differences between a pair (or a triple) of files or buffers. The
|
|
|
651 files being compared, file-A, file-B, and file-C (if applicable) are
|
|
|
652 shown in separate windows (side by side, one above the another, or in
|
|
|
653 separate frames), and the differences are highlighted as you step
|
|
|
654 through them. You can also copy difference regions from one buffer to
|
|
|
655 another (and recover old differences if you change your mind).
|
|
|
656
|
|
|
657 Ediff also supports merging operations on files and buffers, including
|
|
|
658 merging using ancestor versions. Both comparison and merging operations can
|
|
|
659 be performed on directories, i.e., by pairwise comparison of files in those
|
|
|
660 directories.
|
|
|
661
|
|
|
662 ** efs - Remote file access (replaces ange-ftp)
|
|
|
663 See online manual.
|
|
|
664
|
|
|
665 ** electric - The "electric" commands; these implement temporary
|
|
|
666 windows for help, list-buffers, etc.
|
|
|
667
|
|
|
668 *** electric/ehelp.el
|
|
|
669 Commentary:
|
|
|
670
|
|
|
671 This package provides a pre-packaged `Electric Help Mode' for
|
|
|
672 browsing on-line help screens. There is one entry point,
|
|
|
673 `with-electric-help'; all you have to give it is a no-argument
|
|
|
674 function that generates the actual text of the help into the current
|
|
|
675 buffer.
|
|
|
676
|
|
|
677 ** emulators - Various emulations: mocklisp, teco, TPU/EDT, WordStar
|
|
|
678 *** emulators/mlconvert.el
|
|
|
679 Commentary:
|
|
|
680
|
|
|
681 This package converts Mocklisp code written under a Gosling or UniPress
|
|
|
682 Emacs for use with GNU Emacs. The translated code will require runtime
|
|
|
683 support from the mlsupport.el equivalent.
|
|
|
684 *** emulators/mlsupport.el
|
|
|
685 Commentary:
|
|
|
686
|
|
|
687 This package provides equivalents of certain primitives from Gosling
|
|
|
688 Emacs (including the commercial UniPress versions). These have an
|
|
|
689 ml- prefix to distinguish them from native GNU Emacs functions with
|
|
|
690 similar names. The package mlconvert.el translates Mocklisp code
|
|
|
691 to use these names.
|
|
|
692 *** emulators/teco.el
|
|
|
693 Commentary:
|
|
|
694
|
|
|
695 This code has been tested some, but no doubt contains a zillion bugs.
|
|
|
696 You have been warned.
|
|
|
697
|
|
|
698 Written by Dale R. Worley based on a C implementation by Matt Fichtenbaum.
|
|
|
699 Please send comments, bug fixes, enhancements, etc. to drw@math.mit.edu.
|
|
|
700 *** emulators/tpu-edt.el
|
|
|
701 Commentary:
|
|
|
702
|
|
|
703 %% TPU-edt -- Emacs emulating TPU emulating EDT
|
|
|
704
|
|
|
705 %% Introduction
|
|
|
706
|
|
|
707 TPU-edt emulates the popular DEC VMS editor EDT (actually, it emulates
|
|
|
708 DEC TPU's EDT emulation, hence the name TPU-edt).
|
|
|
709 *** emulators/tpu-extras.el
|
|
|
710 Commentary:
|
|
|
711
|
|
|
712 Use the functions defined here to customize TPU-edt to your tastes by
|
|
|
713 setting scroll margins and/or turning on free cursor mode. Here's an
|
|
|
714 example for your .emacs file.
|
|
|
715 *** emulators/ws-mode.el
|
|
|
716 Commentary:
|
|
|
717
|
|
|
718 This emulates WordStar, with a major mode.
|
|
|
719
|
|
|
720 ** energize - Interface to now-defunct Lucid's C/C++ integrated
|
|
|
721 environment XEmacs (nee Lucid Emacs) saw birth explicitly to serve
|
|
|
722 Energize.
|
|
|
723
|
|
|
724 ** eos - SPARCworks
|
|
|
725
|
|
|
726 ** eterm - Full terminal emulation under Emacs
|
|
|
727 *** eterm/term.el
|
|
|
728 Commentary:
|
|
|
729
|
|
|
730 This file defines a general command-interpreter-in-a-buffer package
|
|
|
731 (term mode). The idea is that you can build specific process-in-a-buffer
|
|
|
732 modes on top of term mode -- e.g., lisp, shell, scheme, T, soar, ....
|
|
|
733 This way, all these specific packages share a common base functionality,
|
|
|
734 and a common set of bindings, which makes them easier to use (and
|
|
|
735 saves code, implementation time, etc., etc.).
|
|
|
736 *** eterm/tgud.el
|
|
|
737 Commentary:
|
|
|
738
|
|
|
739 The ancestral gdb.el was by W. Schelter <wfs@rascal.ics.utexas.edu>
|
|
|
740 It was later rewritten by rms. Some ideas were due to Masanobu.
|
|
|
741 Grand Unification (sdb/dbx support) by Eric S. Raymond <esr@thyrsus.com>
|
|
|
742 The overloading code was then rewritten by Barry Warsaw <bwarsaw@cen.com>,
|
|
|
743 who also hacked the mode to use comint.el. Shane Hartman <shane@spr.com>
|
|
|
744 added support for xdb (HPUX debugger). Rick Sladkey <jrs@world.std.com>
|
|
|
745 wrote the GDB command completion code. Dave Love <d.love@dl.ac.uk>
|
|
|
746 added the IRIX kluge and re-implemented the Mips-ish variant.
|
|
|
747 Then hacked by Per Bothner <bothner@cygnus.com> to use term.el.
|
|
|
748 *** eterm/tshell.el
|
|
|
749 Commentary:
|
|
|
750
|
|
|
751 This file defines a a shell-in-a-buffer package (shell mode) built
|
|
|
752 on top of term mode. This is actually cmushell with things
|
|
|
753 renamed to replace its counterpart in Emacs 18. cmushell is more
|
|
|
754 featureful, robust, and uniform than the Emacs 18 version.
|
|
|
755
|
|
|
756 ** games - blackbox, mines, decipher, doctor, ...
|
|
|
757 *** games/blackbox.el
|
|
|
758 Commentary:
|
|
|
759
|
|
|
760 The object of the game is to find four hidden balls by shooting rays
|
|
|
761 into the black box. There are four possibilities: 1) the ray will
|
|
|
762 pass thru the box undisturbed, 2) it will hit a ball and be absorbed,
|
|
|
763 3) it will be deflected and exit the box, or 4) be deflected immediately,
|
|
|
764 not even being allowed entry into the box.
|
|
|
765 *** games/conx.el
|
|
|
766 Commentary:
|
|
|
767
|
|
|
768 conx.el: Yet Another Dissociator.
|
|
|
769
|
|
|
770 Select a buffer with a lot of text in it. Say M-x conx-buffer
|
|
|
771 or M-x conx-region. Repeat on as many other bodies of text as
|
|
|
772 you like.
|
|
|
773
|
|
|
774 M-x conx will use the word-frequency tree the above generated
|
|
|
775 to produce random sentences in a popped-up buffer. It will pause
|
|
|
776 at the end of each paragraph for two seconds; type ^G to stop it.
|
|
|
777 *** games/cookie1.el
|
|
|
778 Commentary:
|
|
|
779
|
|
|
780 Support for random cookie fetches from phrase files, used for such
|
|
|
781 critical applications as emulating Zippy the Pinhead and confounding
|
|
|
782 the NSA Trunk Trawler.
|
|
|
783 *** games/decipher.el
|
|
|
784 Commentary:
|
|
|
785
|
|
|
786 This package is designed to help you crack simple substitution
|
|
|
787 ciphers where one letter stands for another. It works for ciphers
|
|
|
788 with or without word divisions. (You must set the variable
|
|
|
789 decipher-ignore-spaces for ciphers without word divisions.)
|
|
|
790 *** games/dissociate.el
|
|
|
791 Commentary:
|
|
|
792
|
|
|
793 The single entry point, `dissociated-press', applies a travesty
|
|
|
794 generator to the current buffer. The results can be quite amusing.
|
|
|
795 *** games/doctor.el
|
|
|
796 Commentary:
|
|
|
797
|
|
|
798 The single entry point `doctor', simulates a Rogerian analyst using
|
|
|
799 phrase-production techniques similar to the classic ELIZA demonstration
|
|
|
800 of pseudo-AI.
|
|
|
801 *** games/flame.el
|
|
|
802 Commentary:
|
|
|
803
|
|
|
804 "Flame" program. This has a chequered past.
|
|
|
805 *** games/gomoku.el
|
|
|
806 Gomoku is a game played between two players on a rectangular board. Each
|
|
|
807 player, in turn, marks a free square of its choice. The winner is the first
|
|
|
808 one to mark five contiguous squares in any direction (horizontally,
|
|
|
809 vertically or diagonally).
|
|
|
810
|
|
|
811 *** games/hanoi.el
|
|
|
812 Commentary:
|
|
|
813
|
|
|
814 Solves the Towers of Hanoi puzzle while-U-wait.
|
|
|
815
|
|
|
816 The puzzle: Start with N rings, decreasing in sizes from bottom to
|
|
|
817 top, stacked around a post. There are two other posts. Your mission,
|
|
|
818 should you choose to accept it, is to shift the pile, stacked in its
|
|
|
819 original order, to another post.
|
|
|
820 *** games/life.el
|
|
|
821 Commentary:
|
|
|
822
|
|
|
823 A demonstrator for John Horton Conway's "Life" cellular automaton
|
|
|
824 in Emacs Lisp. Picks a random one of a set of interesting Life
|
|
|
825 patterns and evolves it according to the familiar rules.
|
|
|
826 *** games/mine.el
|
|
|
827 Commentary:
|
|
|
828
|
|
|
829 The object of this classical game is to locate the hidden mines.
|
|
|
830 To do this, you hit the squares on the game board that do not
|
|
|
831 contain mines, and you mark the squares that do contain mines.
|
|
|
832 *** games/mpuz.el
|
|
|
833 Commentary:
|
|
|
834
|
|
|
835 When this package is loaded, `M-x mpuz' generates a random multiplication
|
|
|
836 puzzle. This is a multiplication example in which each digit has been
|
|
|
837 consistently replaced with some letter. Your job is to reconstruct
|
|
|
838 the original digits. Type `?' while the mode is active for detailed help.
|
|
|
839 *** games/spook.el
|
|
|
840 Commentary:
|
|
|
841
|
|
|
842 Just before sending mail, do M-x spook.
|
|
|
843 A number of phrases will be inserted into your buffer, to help
|
|
|
844 give your message that extra bit of attractiveness for automated
|
|
|
845 keyword scanners.
|
|
|
846 *** games/studly.el
|
|
|
847 Commentary:
|
|
|
848
|
|
|
849 Functions to studlycapsify a region, word, or buffer. Possibly the
|
|
|
850 esoteric significance of studlycapsification escapes you; that is,
|
|
|
851 you suffer from autostudlycapsifibogotification. Too bad.
|
|
|
852 *** games/yow.el
|
|
|
853 Commentary:
|
|
|
854
|
|
|
855 Important pinheadery for GNU Emacs.
|
|
|
856
|
|
|
857 See cookie1.el for implementation. Note --- the `n' argument of yow
|
|
|
858 from the 18.xx implementation is no longer; we only support *random*
|
|
|
859 random access now.
|
|
|
860
|
|
|
861 ** gnus - The ultimate News and Mail reader
|
|
|
862 See online manual
|
|
|
863 *** gnus/gnus-audio.el
|
|
|
864 Commentary:
|
|
|
865 This file provides access to sound effects in Gnus.
|
|
|
866 Prerelease: This file is partially stripped to support earcons.el
|
|
|
867 You can safely ignore most of it until Red Gnus. **Evil Laugh**
|
|
|
868 *** gnus/gnus-gl.el
|
|
|
869 Commentary:
|
|
|
870 *** gnus/gnus-undo.el
|
|
|
871 Commentary:
|
|
|
872
|
|
|
873 This package allows arbitrary undoing in Gnus buffers. As all the
|
|
|
874 Gnus buffers aren't very text-oriented (what is in the buffers is
|
|
|
875 just some random representation of the actual data), normal Emacs
|
|
|
876 undoing doesn't work at all for Gnus.
|
|
|
877 *** gnus/mailheader.el
|
|
|
878 Commentary:
|
|
|
879
|
|
|
880 This package provides an abstraction to RFC822-style messages, used in
|
|
|
881 mail news, and some other systems. The simple syntactic rules for such
|
|
|
882 headers, such as quoting and line folding, are routinely reimplemented
|
|
|
883 in many individual packages. This package removes the need for this
|
|
|
884 redundancy by representing message headers as association lists,
|
|
|
885 offering functions to extract the set of headers from a message, to
|
|
|
886 parse individual headers, to merge sets of headers, and to format a set
|
|
|
887 of headers.
|
|
|
888 *** gnus/message.el
|
|
|
889 Commentary:
|
|
|
890
|
|
|
891 This mode provides mail-sending facilities from within Emacs. It
|
|
|
892 consists mainly of large chunks of code from the sendmail.el,
|
|
|
893 gnus-msg.el and rnewspost.el files.
|
|
|
894 *** gnus/nnheader.el
|
|
|
895 Commentary:
|
|
|
896
|
|
|
897 These macros may look very much like the ones in GNUS 4.1. They
|
|
|
898 are, in a way, but you should note that the indices they use have
|
|
|
899 been changed from the internal GNUS format to the NOV format. The
|
|
|
900 makes it possible to read headers from XOVER much faster.
|
|
|
901
|
|
|
902 ** hm--html-menus - Menus and popups for writing/viewing html documents
|
|
|
903
|
|
|
904 ** hyperbole - Personal database
|
|
|
905
|
|
|
906 ** ilisp - A comint-based package for interacting with inferior
|
|
|
907 lisp processes.
|
|
|
908
|
|
|
909
|
|
|
910 ** iso - Implement various ISO character standards
|
|
|
911 *** iso/iso-acc.el
|
|
|
912 Commentary:
|
|
|
913
|
|
|
914 Function `iso-accents-mode' activates a minor mode in which
|
|
|
915 typewriter "dead keys" are emulated. The purpose of this emulation
|
|
|
916 is to provide a simple means for inserting accented characters
|
|
|
917 according to the ISO-8859-1 character set.
|
|
|
918 *** iso/iso-ascii.el
|
|
|
919 Commentary:
|
|
|
920
|
|
|
921 This code sets up to display ISO 8859/1 characters on plain
|
|
|
922 ASCII terminals. The display strings for the characters are
|
|
|
923 more-or-less based on TeX.
|
|
|
924 *** iso/iso-cvt.el
|
|
|
925 Commentary:
|
|
|
926
|
|
|
927 This lisp code serves two purposes, both of which involve
|
|
|
928 the translation of various conventions for representing European
|
|
|
929 character sets to ISO 8859-1.
|
|
|
930
|
|
|
931 ** mailcrypt - Encrypting/decrypting of mail messages
|
|
|
932
|
|
|
933 ** mel - MIME encoding library (see also TM)
|
|
|
934
|
|
|
935 ** mh-e - Emacs interface to MH mail reader
|
|
|
936 *** mh-e/mh-e.el
|
|
|
937 Commentary:
|
|
|
938
|
|
|
939 mh-e is an Emacs interface to the MH mail system.
|
|
|
940
|
|
|
941 ** modes - How to edit files: Ada, asm, awk, bib, cperl, eiffel, ...
|
|
|
942 *** modes/arc-mode.el
|
|
|
943 Commentary:
|
|
|
944
|
|
|
945 NAMING: "arc" is short for "archive" and does not refer specifically
|
|
|
946 to files whose name end in ".arc"
|
|
|
947
|
|
|
948 ARCHIVE TYPES: Currently only the archives below are handled, but the
|
|
|
949 structure for handling just about anything is in place.
|
|
|
950
|
|
|
951 Arc Lzh Zip Zoo
|
|
|
952 --------------------------------
|
|
|
953 View listing Intern Intern Intern Intern
|
|
|
954 Extract member Y Y Y Y
|
|
|
955 Save changed member Y Y Y Y
|
|
|
956 Add new member N N N N
|
|
|
957 Delete member Y Y Y Y
|
|
|
958 Rename member Y Y N N
|
|
|
959 Chmod - Y Y -
|
|
|
960 Chown - Y - -
|
|
|
961 Chgrp - Y - -
|
|
|
962 *** modes/asm-mode.el
|
|
|
963 Commentary:
|
|
|
964
|
|
|
965 This minor mode is based on text mode. It defines a private abbrev table
|
|
|
966 that can be used to save abbrevs for assembler mnemonics.
|
|
|
967 *** modes/auto-show.el
|
|
|
968 Commentary:
|
|
|
969
|
|
|
970 This file provides functions that
|
|
|
971 automatically scroll the window horizontally when the point moves
|
|
|
972 off the left or right side of the window.
|
|
|
973 *** modes/awk-mode.el
|
|
|
974 Commentary:
|
|
|
975
|
|
|
976 Sets up C-mode with support for awk-style #-comments and a lightly
|
|
|
977 hacked syntax table.
|
|
|
978 *** modes/bib-mode.el
|
|
|
979 Commentary:
|
|
|
980
|
|
|
981 GNU Emacs code to help maintain databases compatible with (troff)
|
|
|
982 refer and lookbib. The file bib-file should be set to your
|
|
|
983 bibliography file. Keys are automagically inserted as you type,
|
|
|
984 and appropriate keys are presented for various kinds of entries.
|
|
|
985 *** modes/bibtex.el
|
|
|
986 *** modes/cc-compat.el
|
|
|
987 Commentary:
|
|
|
988
|
|
|
989 Boring old c-mode.el (BOCM) is confusion and brain melt. cc-mode.el
|
|
|
990 is clarity of thought and purity of chi. If you are still unwilling
|
|
|
991 to accept enlightenment, this might help, or it may prolong your
|
|
|
992 agony.
|
|
|
993 *** modes/cc-guess.el
|
|
|
994 Commentary:
|
|
|
995
|
|
|
996 This file contains routines that help guess the cc-mode style in a
|
|
|
997 particular region of C, C++, or Objective-C code. It is provided
|
|
|
998 for example and experimentation only. It is not supported in
|
|
|
999 anyway. Some folks have asked for a style guesser and the best way
|
|
|
1000 to show my thoughts on the subject is with this sample code. Feel
|
|
|
1001 free to improve upon it in anyway you'd like. Please send me the
|
|
|
1002 results. Note that style guessing is lossy!
|
|
|
1003 *** modes/cc-lobotomy.el
|
|
|
1004 Commentary:
|
|
|
1005
|
|
|
1006 Every effort has been made to improve the performance of
|
|
|
1007 cc-mode. However, due to the nature of the C, C++, and Objective-C
|
|
|
1008 language definitions, a trade-off is often required between
|
|
|
1009 accuracy of construct recognition and speed. I believe it is always
|
|
|
1010 best to be correct, and that the mode is currently fast enough for
|
|
|
1011 most normal usage. Others disagree. I have no intention of
|
|
|
1012 including these hacks in the main distribution. When cc-mode
|
|
|
1013 version 5 comes out, it will include a rewritten indentation engine
|
|
|
1014 so that performance will be greatly improved automatically. This
|
|
|
1015 was not included in this release of version 4 so that Emacs 18
|
|
|
1016 could still be supported. Note that this implies that cc-mode
|
|
|
1017 version 5 will *not* work on Emacs 18!
|
|
|
1018 *** modes/cc-mode.el
|
|
|
1019 Commentary:
|
|
|
1020
|
|
|
1021 This package provides modes in GNU Emacs for editing C, C++,
|
|
|
1022 Objective-C, and Java code. It is intended to be a replacement for
|
|
|
1023 c-mode.el (a.k.a. BOCM -- Boring Old C-Mode), c++-mode.el,
|
|
|
1024 cplus-md.el, and cplus-md1.el, all of which are in some way
|
|
|
1025 ancestors of this file. A number of important improvements have
|
|
|
1026 been made, briefly: complete K&R C, ANSI C, `ARM' C++, Objective-C,
|
|
|
1027 and Java support with consistent indentation across all modes, more
|
|
|
1028 intuitive indentation controlling variables, compatibility across
|
|
|
1029 all known Emacsen, nice new features, and tons of bug fixes. This
|
|
|
1030 package is called "CC Mode" to distinguish it from its ancestors,
|
|
|
1031 but there is no cc-mode command. Usage and programming details are
|
|
|
1032 contained in an accompanying texinfo manual.
|
|
|
1033 *** modes/cl-indent.el
|
|
|
1034 Commentary:
|
|
|
1035
|
|
|
1036 This package supplies a single entry point, common-lisp-indent-function,
|
|
|
1037 which performs indentation in the preferred style for Common Lisp code.
|
|
|
1038 *** modes/cperl-mode.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
1039 *** modes/eiffel3.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
1040 *** modes/enriched.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
1041 *** modes/executable.el
|
|
|
1042 Commentary:
|
|
|
1043
|
|
|
1044 executable.el is used by certain major modes to insert a suitable
|
|
|
1045 #! line at the beginning of the file, if the file does not already
|
|
|
1046 have one.
|
|
|
1047
|
|
|
1048 *** modes/f90.el
|
|
|
1049 Commentary:
|
|
|
1050
|
|
|
1051 Smart mode for editing F90 programs in FREE FORMAT.
|
|
|
1052 Knows about continuation lines, named structured statements, and other
|
|
|
1053 new features in F90 including HPF (High Performance Fortran) structures.
|
|
|
1054 The basic feature is to provide an accurate indentation of F90 programs.
|
|
|
1055 In addition, there are many more features like automatic matching of all
|
|
|
1056 end statements, an auto-fill function to break long lines, a join-lines
|
|
|
1057 function which joins continued lines etc etc.
|
|
|
1058 To facilitate typing, a fairly complete list of abbreviations is provided.
|
|
|
1059 For example, `i is short-hand for integer (if abbrev-mode is on).
|
|
|
1060
|
|
|
1061 *** modes/follow.el
|
|
|
1062 Commentary:
|
|
|
1063
|
|
|
1064 `Follow mode' is a minor mode for Emacs 19 and XEmacs which
|
|
|
1065 combines windows into one tall virtual window.
|
|
|
1066
|
|
|
1067 The feeling of a "virtual window" has been accomplished by the use
|
|
|
1068 of two major techniques:
|
|
|
1069
|
|
|
1070 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
|
|
|
1071 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
|
|
|
1072 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
|
|
|
1073
|
|
|
1074 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
|
|
|
1075 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
|
|
|
1076 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
|
|
|
1077 movement commands.
|
|
|
1078 *** modes/fortran.el
|
|
|
1079 Commentary:
|
|
|
1080
|
|
|
1081 Fortran mode has been upgraded and is now maintained by Stephen A. Wood
|
|
|
1082 (saw@cebaf.gov). It now will use either fixed format continuation line
|
|
|
1083 markers (character in 6th column), or tab format continuation line style
|
|
|
1084 (digit after a TAB character.) A auto-fill mode has been added to
|
|
|
1085 automatically wrap fortran lines that get too long.
|
|
|
1086
|
|
|
1087 We acknowledge many contributions and valuable suggestions by
|
|
|
1088 Lawrence R. Dodd, Ralf Fassel, Ralph Finch, Stephen Gildea,
|
|
|
1089 Dr. Anil Gokhale, Ulrich Mueller, Mark Neale, Eric Prestemon,
|
|
|
1090 Gary Sabot and Richard Stallman.
|
|
|
1091 *** modes/hideif.el
|
|
|
1092 Commentary:
|
|
|
1093
|
|
|
1094 Hide-ifdef suppresses the display of code that the preprocessor wouldn't
|
|
|
1095 pass through. The support of constant expressions in #if lines is
|
|
|
1096 limited to identifiers, parens, and the operators: &&, ||, !, and
|
|
|
1097 "defined". Please extend this.
|
|
|
1098 *** modes/hideshow.el
|
|
|
1099 Commentary:
|
|
|
1100
|
|
|
1101 This file provides `hs-minor-mode'. When active, six commands:
|
|
|
1102 hs-{hide,show}-{all,block}, hs-show-region and hs-minor-mode
|
|
|
1103 are available. They implement block hiding and showing. Blocks are
|
|
|
1104 defined in mode-specific way. In c-mode or c++-mode, they are simply
|
|
|
1105 curly braces, while in lisp-ish modes they are parens. Multi-line
|
|
|
1106 comments (c-mode) can also be hidden. The command M-x hs-minor-mode
|
|
|
1107 toggles the minor mode or sets it (similar to outline minor mode).
|
|
|
1108 See documentation for each command for more info.
|
|
|
1109 *** modes/icon.el
|
|
|
1110 Commentary:
|
|
|
1111
|
|
|
1112 A major mode for editing the Icon programming language.
|
|
|
1113 *** modes/ksh-mode.el
|
|
|
1114
|
|
|
1115
|
|
|
1116 Description:
|
|
|
1117 sh, ksh, and bash script editing commands for emacs.
|
|
|
1118
|
|
|
1119 This major mode assists shell script writers with indentation
|
|
|
1120 control and control structure construct matching in much the same
|
|
|
1121 fashion as other programming language modes. Invoke describe-mode
|
|
|
1122 for more information.
|
|
|
1123 *** modes/lisp-mnt.el
|
|
|
1124 Commentary:
|
|
|
1125
|
|
|
1126 This minor mode adds some services to Emacs-Lisp editing mode.
|
|
|
1127
|
|
|
1128 First, it knows about the header conventions for library packages.
|
|
|
1129 One entry point supports generating synopses from a library directory.
|
|
|
1130 Another can be used to check for missing headers in library files.
|
|
|
1131 *** modes/lisp-mode.el
|
|
|
1132 Commentary:
|
|
|
1133
|
|
|
1134 The base major mode for editing Lisp code (used also for Emacs Lisp).
|
|
|
1135 This mode is documented in the Emacs manual
|
|
|
1136 *** modes/m4-mode.el
|
|
|
1137 Commentary:
|
|
|
1138
|
|
|
1139 A smart editing mode for m4 macro definitions. It seems to have most of the
|
|
|
1140 syntax right (sexp motion commands work, but function motion commands don't).
|
|
|
1141 It also sets the font-lock syntax stuff for colorization
|
|
|
1142 *** modes/mail-abbrevs.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
1143 *** modes/make-mode.el
|
|
|
1144 Commentary:
|
|
|
1145
|
|
|
1146 A major mode for editing makefiles. The mode knows about Makefile
|
|
|
1147 syntax and defines M-n and M-p to move to next and previous productions.
|
|
|
1148 *** modes/modula2.el
|
|
|
1149 Commentary:
|
|
|
1150
|
|
|
1151 A major mode for editing Modula-2 code. It provides convenient abbrevs
|
|
|
1152 for Modula-2 keywords, knows about the standard layout rules, and supports
|
|
|
1153 a native compile command.
|
|
|
1154 *** modes/nroff-mode.el
|
|
|
1155 Commentary:
|
|
|
1156
|
|
|
1157 This package is a major mode for editing nroff source code. It knows
|
|
|
1158 about various nroff constructs, ms, mm, and me macros, and will fill
|
|
|
1159 and indent paragraphs properly in their presence. It also includes
|
|
|
1160 a command to count text lines (excluding nroff constructs), a command
|
|
|
1161 to center a line, and movement commands that know how to skip macros.
|
|
|
1162 *** modes/old-c-mode.el
|
|
|
1163 Commentary:
|
|
|
1164
|
|
|
1165 A smart editing mode for C code. It knows a lot about C syntax and tries
|
|
|
1166 to position the cursor according to C layout conventions. You can
|
|
|
1167 change the details of the layout style with option variables. Load it
|
|
|
1168 and do M-x describe-mode for details.
|
|
|
1169 *** modes/outl-mouse.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
1170 *** modes/outline.el
|
|
|
1171 Commentary:
|
|
|
1172
|
|
|
1173 This package is a major mode for editing outline-format documents.
|
|
|
1174 An outline can be `abstracted' to show headers at any given level,
|
|
|
1175 with all stuff below hidden. See the Emacs manual for details.
|
|
|
1176 *** modes/pascal.el
|
|
|
1177
|
|
|
1178 Emacs should enter Pascal mode when you find a Pascal source file.
|
|
|
1179 When you have entered Pascal mode, you may get more info by pressing
|
|
|
1180 C-h m. You may also get online help describing various functions by:
|
|
|
1181 C-h f <Name of function you want described>
|
|
|
1182 *** modes/perl-mode.el
|
|
|
1183 *** modes/picture.el
|
|
|
1184 Commentary:
|
|
|
1185
|
|
|
1186 This code provides the picture-mode commands documented in the Emacs
|
|
|
1187 manual. The screen is treated as a semi-infinite quarter-plane with
|
|
|
1188 support for rectangle operations and `etch-a-sketch' character
|
|
|
1189 insertion in any of eight directions.
|
|
|
1190 *** modes/postscript.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
1191 modes/prolog.el
|
|
|
1192 Commentary:
|
|
|
1193
|
|
|
1194 This package provides a major mode for editing Prolog. It knows
|
|
|
1195 about Prolog syntax and comments, and can send regions to an inferior
|
|
|
1196 Prolog interpreter process.
|
|
|
1197 *** modes/python-mode.el
|
|
|
1198 Commentary:
|
|
|
1199
|
|
|
1200 This is a major mode for editing Python programs. It was developed
|
|
|
1201 by Tim Peters after an original idea by Michael A. Guravage. Tim
|
|
|
1202 subsequently left the net; in 1995, Barry Warsaw inherited the
|
|
|
1203 mode and is the current maintainer.
|
|
|
1204 *** modes/rexx-mode.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
1205 *** modes/rsz-minibuf.el
|
|
|
1206 Commentary:
|
|
|
1207
|
|
|
1208 This package allows the entire contents (or as much as possible) of the
|
|
|
1209 minibuffer to be visible at once when typing. As the end of a line is
|
|
|
1210 reached, the minibuffer will resize itself. When the user is done
|
|
|
1211 typing, the minibuffer will return to its original size.
|
|
|
1212 *** modes/scheme.el
|
|
|
1213 Commentary:
|
|
|
1214
|
|
|
1215 Adapted from Lisp mode by Bill Rozas, jinx@prep.
|
|
|
1216 Initially a query replace of Lisp mode, except for the indentation
|
|
|
1217 of special forms. Probably the code should be merged at some point
|
|
|
1218 so that there is sharing between both libraries.
|
|
|
1219 *** modes/scribe.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
1220 *** modes/sendmail.el
|
|
|
1221 Commentary:
|
|
|
1222
|
|
|
1223 This mode provides mail-sending facilities from within Emacs. It is
|
|
|
1224 documented in the Emacs user's manual.
|
|
|
1225 *** modes/sh-script.el
|
|
|
1226 Commentary:
|
|
|
1227
|
|
|
1228 Major mode for editing shell scripts. Bourne, C and rc shells as well
|
|
|
1229 as various derivatives are supported and easily derived from. Structured
|
|
|
1230 statements can be inserted with one command or abbrev. Completion is
|
|
|
1231 available for filenames, variables known from the script, the shell and
|
|
|
1232 the environment as well as commands.
|
|
|
1233 *** modes/simula.el
|
|
|
1234 Commentary:
|
|
|
1235
|
|
|
1236 A major mode for editing the Simula language. It knows about Simula
|
|
|
1237 syntax and standard indentation commands. It also provides convenient
|
|
|
1238 abbrevs for Simula keywords.
|
|
|
1239 *** modes/tcl.el
|
|
|
1240 Commentary:
|
|
|
1241
|
|
|
1242 Major mode for editing Tcl
|
|
|
1243 *** modes/texinfo.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
1244 *** modes/text-mode.el
|
|
|
1245 Commentary:
|
|
|
1246
|
|
|
1247 This package provides the fundamental text mode documented in the
|
|
|
1248 Emacs user's manual.
|
|
|
1249 *** modes/two-column.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
1250 *** modes/verilog-mode.el
|
|
|
1251 Commentary:
|
|
|
1252
|
|
|
1253 A major mode for editing Verilog HDL source code. When you have
|
|
|
1254 entered Verilog mode, you may get more info by pressing C-h m. You
|
|
|
1255 may also get online help describing various functions by: C-h f
|
|
|
1256 <Name of function you want described>
|
|
|
1257 *** modes/view-less.el
|
|
|
1258 Commentary:
|
|
|
1259
|
|
|
1260 This mode is for browsing files without changing them. Keybindings
|
|
|
1261 similar to those used by the less(1) program are used.
|
|
|
1262 *** modes/view.el
|
|
|
1263 Commentary:
|
|
|
1264
|
|
|
1265 This package provides the `view' minor mode documented in the Emacs
|
|
|
1266 user's manual.
|
|
|
1267
|
|
|
1268 XEmacs: We don't autoload this because we use `view-less' instead.
|
|
|
1269 *** modes/vrml-mode.el
|
|
|
1270 Commentary:
|
|
|
1271
|
|
|
1272 Mostly bastardized from tcl.el.
|
|
|
1273 *** modes/whitespace-mode.el
|
|
|
1274 Commentary:
|
|
|
1275
|
|
|
1276 This is a minor mode, which highlights whitespaces (blanks and
|
|
|
1277 tabs) with different faces, so that it is easier to
|
|
|
1278 distinguish between them.
|
|
|
1279 Toggle the mode with: M-x whitespace-mode
|
|
|
1280 or with: M-x whitespace-incremental-mode
|
|
|
1281 The second one should be used in big files.
|
|
|
1282 *** modes/winmgr-mode.el
|
|
|
1283 Commentary:
|
|
|
1284
|
|
|
1285 This package is a major mode for editing window configuration files and
|
|
|
1286 also defines font-lock keywords for such files.
|
|
|
1287 *** modes/xpm-mode.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
1288 modes/xrdb-mode.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
1289
|
|
|
1290 ** mu - Message Utilities library (part of the Tools for MIME).
|
|
|
1291
|
|
|
1292 ** ns - NeXTstep
|
|
|
1293
|
|
|
1294 ** oobr - Browser for Object Oriented languages
|
|
|
1295 *** oobr/br-c++-ft.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
1296
|
|
|
1297 ** packages - Lot's of stuff: array, baloon help, version control, ...
|
|
|
1298 *** packages/add-log.el
|
|
|
1299 Commentary:
|
|
|
1300
|
|
|
1301 This facility is documented in the Emacs Manual.
|
|
|
1302 *** packages/apropos.el
|
|
|
1303 Commentary:
|
|
|
1304
|
|
|
1305 The ideas for this package were derived from the C code in
|
|
|
1306 src/keymap.c and elsewhere. The functions in this file should
|
|
|
1307 always be byte-compiled for speed. Someone should rewrite this in
|
|
|
1308 C (as part of src/keymap.c) for speed.
|
|
|
1309 *** packages/array.el
|
|
|
1310 Commentary:
|
|
|
1311
|
|
|
1312 Commands for editing a buffer interpreted as a rectangular array
|
|
|
1313 or matrix of whitespace-separated strings. You specify the array
|
|
|
1314 dimensions and some other parameters at startup time.
|
|
|
1315 *** packages/auto-save.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
1316 packages/autoinsert.el
|
|
|
1317 Commentary:
|
|
|
1318
|
|
|
1319 The following defines an association list for text to be
|
|
|
1320 automatically inserted when a new file is created, and a function
|
|
|
1321 which automatically inserts these files; the idea is to insert
|
|
|
1322 default text much as the mode is automatically set using
|
|
|
1323 auto-mode-alist.
|
|
|
1324 *** packages/avoid.el
|
|
|
1325 Commentary:
|
|
|
1326
|
|
|
1327 For those who are annoyed by the mouse pointer obscuring text,
|
|
|
1328 this mode moves the mouse pointer - either just a little out of
|
|
|
1329 the way, or all the way to the corner of the frame.
|
|
|
1330 To use, load or evaluate this file and type M-x mouse-avoidance-mode .
|
|
|
1331 To set up permanently, put this file on your .emacs:
|
|
|
1332 *** packages/backup-dir.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
1333 *** packages/balloon-help.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
1334 *** packages/big-menubar.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
1335 *** packages/blink-cursor.el
|
|
|
1336 *** packages/blink-paren.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
1337 *** packages/bookmark.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
1338 *** packages/buff-menu.el
|
|
|
1339 Commentary:
|
|
|
1340
|
|
|
1341 Edit, delete, or change attributes of all currently active Emacs
|
|
|
1342 buffers from a list summarizing their state. A good way to browse
|
|
|
1343 any special or scratch buffers you have loaded, since you can't find
|
|
|
1344 them by filename. The single entry point is `Buffer-menu-mode',
|
|
|
1345 normally bound to C-x C-b.
|
|
|
1346 *** packages/chistory.el
|
|
|
1347 Commentary:
|
|
|
1348
|
|
|
1349 This really has nothing to do with list-command-history per se, but
|
|
|
1350 its a nice alternative to C-x ESC ESC (repeat-complex-command) and
|
|
|
1351 functions as a lister if given no pattern. It's not important
|
|
|
1352 enough to warrant a file of its own.
|
|
|
1353 *** packages/cmuscheme.el
|
|
|
1354 Commentary:
|
|
|
1355
|
|
|
1356 This is a customisation of comint-mode (see comint.el)
|
|
|
1357 *** packages/crypt.el
|
|
|
1358 Commentary:
|
|
|
1359
|
|
|
1360 NOTE: Apparently not being maintained by the author, who now
|
|
|
1361 uses jka-compr.el. --ben (1/26/96)
|
|
|
1362 Included patch (1/26/96)
|
|
|
1363
|
|
|
1364 Code for handling all sorts of compressed and encrypted files.|
|
|
|
1365 *** packages/cu-edit-faces.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
1366 *** packages/dabbrev.el
|
|
|
1367 Commentary:
|
|
|
1368
|
|
|
1369 The purpose with this package is to let you write just a few
|
|
|
1370 characters of words you've written earlier to be able to expand
|
|
|
1371 them.
|
|
|
1372 *** packages/desktop.el
|
|
|
1373 Commentary:
|
|
|
1374
|
|
|
1375 Save the Desktop, i.e.,
|
|
|
1376 - some global variables
|
|
|
1377 - the list of buffers with associated files. For each buffer also
|
|
|
1378 - the major mode
|
|
|
1379 - the default directory
|
|
|
1380 - the point
|
|
|
1381 - the mark & mark-active
|
|
|
1382 - buffer-read-only
|
|
|
1383 - some local variables
|
|
|
1384 *** packages/fast-lock.el
|
|
|
1385 Commentary:
|
|
|
1386
|
|
|
1387 Lazy Lock mode is a Font Lock support mode.
|
|
|
1388 It makes visiting a file in Font Lock mode faster by restoring its face text
|
|
|
1389 properties from automatically saved associated Font Lock cache files.
|
|
|
1390 *** packages/font-lock.el
|
|
|
1391 Font-lock-mode is a minor mode that causes your comments to be
|
|
|
1392 displayed in one face, strings in another, reserved words in another,
|
|
|
1393 documentation strings in another, and so on.
|
|
|
1394 *** packages/func-menu.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
1395 *** packages/generic-sc.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
1396 *** packages/gnuserv.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
1397 *** packages/gopher.el
|
|
|
1398 Commentary:
|
|
|
1399 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
|
|
|
1400
|
|
|
1401 To use, `M-x gopher'. To specify a different root server, use
|
|
|
1402 `C-u M-x gopher'. If you want to use bookmarks, set the variable
|
|
|
1403 gopher-support-bookmarks appropriately.
|
|
|
1404 *** packages/hexl.el
|
|
|
1405 Commentary:
|
|
|
1406
|
|
|
1407 This package implements a major mode for editing binary files. It uses
|
|
|
1408 a program called hexl, supplied with the GNU Emacs distribution, that
|
|
|
1409 can filter a binary into an editable format or from the format back into
|
|
|
1410 binary. For full instructions, invoke `hexl-mode' on an empty buffer and
|
|
|
1411 do `M-x describe-mode'.
|
|
|
1412 *** packages/hyper-apropos.el
|
|
|
1413 Commentary:
|
|
|
1414
|
|
|
1415 Rather than run apropos and print all the documentation at once,
|
|
|
1416 I find it easier to view a "table of contents" first, then
|
|
|
1417 get the details for symbols as you need them.
|
|
|
1418 *** packages/icomplete.el
|
|
|
1419 Commentary:
|
|
|
1420
|
|
|
1421 Loading this package implements a more fine-grained minibuffer
|
|
|
1422 completion feedback scheme. Prospective completions are concisely
|
|
|
1423 indicated within the minibuffer itself, with each successive
|
|
|
1424 keystroke.
|
|
|
1425 *** packages/igrep.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
1426 *** packages/info.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
1427 *** packages/informat.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
1428 *** packages/ispell.el
|
|
|
1429 Commentary:
|
|
|
1430 *** packages/jka-compr.el
|
|
|
1431 Commentary:
|
|
|
1432
|
|
|
1433 This package implements low-level support for reading, writing,
|
|
|
1434 and loading compressed files. It hooks into the low-level file
|
|
|
1435 I/O functions (including write-region and insert-file-contents) so
|
|
|
1436 that they automatically compress or uncompress a file if the file
|
|
|
1437 appears to need it (based on the extension of the file name).
|
|
|
1438 Packages like Rmail, VM, GNUS, and Info should be able to work
|
|
|
1439 with compressed files without modification.
|
|
|
1440 *** packages/lazy-lock.el
|
|
|
1441 Commentary:
|
|
|
1442
|
|
|
1443 Purpose:
|
|
|
1444
|
|
|
1445 To make visiting buffers in `font-lock-mode' faster by making fontification
|
|
|
1446 be demand-driven and stealthy.
|
|
|
1447 Fontification only occurs when, and where, necessary.
|
|
|
1448 *** packages/ledit.el
|
|
|
1449 Commentary:
|
|
|
1450
|
|
|
1451 This is a major mode for editing Liszt. See etc/LEDIT for details.
|
|
|
1452 *** packages/lispm-fonts.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
1453 *** packages/lpr.el
|
|
|
1454 Commentary:
|
|
|
1455
|
|
|
1456 Commands to send the region or a buffer your printer. Entry points
|
|
|
1457 are `lpr-buffer', `print-buffer', lpr-region', or `print-region'; option
|
|
|
1458 variables include `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'.
|
|
|
1459 *** packages/makeinfo.el
|
|
|
1460 Commentary:
|
|
|
1461
|
|
|
1462 The Texinfo mode `makeinfo' related commands are:
|
|
|
1463 *** packages/makesum.el
|
|
|
1464 Commentary:
|
|
|
1465
|
|
|
1466 Displays a nice human-readable summary of all keybindings in a
|
|
|
1467 two-column format.
|
|
|
1468 *** packages/man.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
1469 *** packages/metamail.el
|
|
|
1470 Commentary:
|
|
|
1471
|
|
|
1472 Note: Metamail does not have all options which is compatible with
|
|
|
1473 the environment variables. For that reason, matamail.el have to
|
|
|
1474 hack the environment variables. In addition, there is no way to
|
|
|
1475 display all header fields without extra informative body messages
|
|
|
1476 which are suppressed by "-q" option.
|
|
|
1477
|
|
|
1478 The idea of using metamail to process MIME messages is from
|
|
|
1479 gnus-mime.el by Spike <Spike@world.std.com>.
|
|
|
1480 *** packages/mic-paren.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
1481 *** packages/mime-compose.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
1482 *** packages/mode-motion+.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
1483 *** packages/netunam.el
|
|
|
1484 Commentary:
|
|
|
1485
|
|
|
1486 Use the Remote File Access (RFA) facility of HP-UX from Emacs.
|
|
|
1487 *** packages/page-ext.el
|
|
|
1488 Commentary:
|
|
|
1489
|
|
|
1490 You may use these commands to handle an address list or other
|
|
|
1491 small data base.
|
|
|
1492 *** packages/paren.el
|
|
|
1493 Commentary:
|
|
|
1494
|
|
|
1495 Purpose of this package:
|
|
|
1496
|
|
|
1497 This package highlights matching parens (or whole sexps) for easier
|
|
|
1498 editing of source code, particularly lisp source code.
|
|
|
1499 *** packages/pending-del.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
1500 *** packages/ps-print.el
|
|
|
1501 Commentary:
|
|
|
1502
|
|
|
1503 This package provides printing of Emacs buffers on PostScript
|
|
|
1504 printers; the buffer's bold and italic text attributes are
|
|
|
1505 preserved in the printer output. Ps-print is intended for use with
|
|
|
1506 Emacs 19 or Lucid Emacs, together with a fontifying package such as
|
|
|
1507 font-lock or hilit.
|
|
|
1508 *** packages/rcompile.el
|
|
|
1509 Commentary:
|
|
|
1510
|
|
|
1511 This package is for running a remote compilation and using emacs to parse
|
|
|
1512 the error messages. It works by rsh'ing the compilation to a remote host
|
|
|
1513 and parsing the output. If the file visited at the time remote-compile was
|
|
|
1514 called was loaded remotely (ange-ftp), the host and user name are obtained
|
|
|
1515 by the calling ange-ftp-ftp-name on the current directory. In this case the
|
|
|
1516 next-error command will also ange-ftp the files over. This is achieved
|
|
|
1517 automatically because the compilation-parse-errors function uses
|
|
|
1518 default-directory to build it's file names. If however the file visited was
|
|
|
1519 loaded locally, remote-compile prompts for a host and user and assumes the
|
|
|
1520 files mounted locally (otherwise, how was the visited file loaded).
|
|
|
1521 *** packages/recent-files.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
1522 *** packages/refbib.el
|
|
|
1523 Commentary:
|
|
|
1524
|
|
|
1525 Use: from a buffer containing the refer-style bibliography,
|
|
|
1526 M-x r2b-convert-buffer
|
|
|
1527 Program will prompt for an output buffer name, and will log
|
|
|
1528 warnings during the conversion process in the buffer *Log*.
|
|
|
1529 *** packages/remote.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
1530 *** packages/reportmail.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
1531 *** packages/resume.el
|
|
|
1532 Commentary:
|
|
|
1533
|
|
|
1534 The purpose of this library is to handle command line arguments
|
|
|
1535 when you resume an existing Emacs job.
|
|
|
1536
|
|
|
1537 You can't get the benefit of this library by using the `emacs' command,
|
|
|
1538 since that always starts a new Emacs job. Instead you must use a
|
|
|
1539 command called `edit' which knows how to resume an existing Emacs job
|
|
|
1540 if you have one, or start a new Emacs job if you don't have one.
|
|
|
1541
|
|
|
1542 To define the `edit' command, run the script etc/emacs.csh (if you use CSH),
|
|
|
1543 or etc/emacs.bash if you use BASH. You would normally do this in your
|
|
|
1544 login script.
|
|
|
1545 *** packages/saveconf.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
1546 *** packages/saveplace.el
|
|
|
1547 Commentary:
|
|
|
1548
|
|
|
1549 Automatically save place in files, so that visiting them later
|
|
|
1550 (even during a different Emacs session) automatically moves point
|
|
|
1551 to the saved position, when the file is first found. Uses the
|
|
|
1552 value of buffer-local variable save-place to determine whether to
|
|
|
1553 save position or not.
|
|
|
1554 *** packages/sccs.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
1555 *** packages/scroll-in-place.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
1556 *** packages/server.el
|
|
|
1557 Commentary:
|
|
|
1558
|
|
|
1559 This Lisp code is run in Emacs when it is to operate as
|
|
|
1560 a server for other processes.
|
|
|
1561
|
|
|
1562 *** packages/shell-font.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
1563 *** packages/spell.el
|
|
|
1564 Commentary:
|
|
|
1565
|
|
|
1566 This mode provides an Emacs interface to the UNIX spell(1) program.
|
|
|
1567 Entry points are `spell-buffer', `spell-word', `spell-region' and
|
|
|
1568 `spell-string'. These facilities are documented in the Emacs user's
|
|
|
1569 manual.
|
|
|
1570 *** packages/supercite.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
1571 *** packages/tar-mode.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
1572 *** packages/terminal.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
1573 *** packages/tex-latin1.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
1574 *** packages/texinfmt.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
1575 *** packages/texnfo-tex.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
1576 *** packages/texnfo-upd.el
|
|
|
1577 Commentary:
|
|
|
1578 *** packages/time-stamp.el
|
|
|
1579 Commentary:
|
|
|
1580
|
|
|
1581 If you put a time stamp template anywhere in the first 8 lines of a file,
|
|
|
1582 it can be updated every time you save the file. See the top of
|
|
|
1583 time-stamp.el for a sample. The template looks like one of the following:
|
|
|
1584 Time-stamp: <>
|
|
|
1585 Time-stamp: " "
|
|
|
1586 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes, resulting in
|
|
|
1587 Time-stamp: <95/01/18 10:20:51 gildea>
|
|
|
1588 *** packages/time.el
|
|
|
1589 Commentary:
|
|
|
1590
|
|
|
1591 Facilities to display current time/date and a new-mail indicator
|
|
|
1592 in the Emacs mode line. The single entry point is `display-time'.
|
|
|
1593 *** packages/uncompress.el
|
|
|
1594 Commentary:
|
|
|
1595
|
|
|
1596 This package can be used to arrange for automatic uncompress of
|
|
|
1597 files packed with the UNIX compress(1) utility when they are visited.
|
|
|
1598 All that's necessary is to load it. This can conveniently be done from
|
|
|
1599 your .emacs file.
|
|
|
1600 *** packages/underline.el
|
|
|
1601 Commentary:
|
|
|
1602
|
|
|
1603 This package deals with the primitive form of underlining
|
|
|
1604 consisting of prefixing each character with "_\^h". The entry
|
|
|
1605 point `underline-region' performs such underlining on a region.
|
|
|
1606 The entry point `ununderline-region' removes it.
|
|
|
1607 *** packages/upd-copyr.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
1608 *** packages/vc.el
|
|
|
1609 Commentary:
|
|
|
1610
|
|
|
1611 This mode is fully documented in the Emacs user's manual.
|
|
|
1612
|
|
|
1613 Supported version-control systems presently include SCCS, RCS, and CVS.
|
|
|
1614 The RCS lock-stealing code doesn't work right unless you use RCS 5.6.2
|
|
|
1615 or newer. Currently (January 1994) that is only a beta test release.
|
|
|
1616 Even initial checkins will fail if your RCS version is so old that ci
|
|
|
1617 doesn't understand -t-; this has been known to happen to people running
|
|
|
1618 NExTSTEP 3.0.
|
|
|
1619 *** packages/webjump.el
|
|
|
1620 Change Log:
|
|
|
1621 *** packages/webster-ucb.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
1622 *** packages/webster.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
1623 *** packages/xscheme.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
1624
|
|
|
1625
|
|
|
1626 ** pcl-cvs - Front end to CVS (see also vc -- version control)
|
|
|
1627 *** pcl-cvs/cookie.el
|
|
|
1628 Commentary:
|
|
|
1629
|
|
|
1630 Introduction
|
|
|
1631 ============
|
|
|
1632
|
|
|
1633 Cookie is a package that implements a connection between an
|
|
|
1634 dll (a doubly linked list) and the contents of a buffer.
|
|
|
1635 Possible uses are dired (have all files in a list, and show them),
|
|
|
1636 buffer-list, kom-prioritize (in the LysKOM elisp client) and
|
|
|
1637 others. pcl-cvs.el uses cookie.el.
|
|
|
1638 *** pcl-cvs/dll-debug.el
|
|
|
1639 Commentary:
|
|
|
1640
|
|
|
1641 This is a plug-in replacement for dll.el. It is dreadfully
|
|
|
1642 slow, but it facilitates debugging. Don't trust the comments in
|
|
|
1643 this file too much.
|
|
|
1644 (provide 'dll)
|
|
|
1645
|
|
|
1646 *** pcl-cvs/dll.el
|
|
|
1647 Commentary:
|
|
|
1648
|
|
|
1649 A doubly linked list consists of one cons cell which holds the tag
|
|
|
1650 'DL-LIST in the car cell and a pointer to a dummy node in the cdr
|
|
|
1651 cell. The doubly linked list is implemented as a circular list
|
|
|
1652 with the dummy node first and last. The dummy node is recognized
|
|
|
1653 by comparing it to the node which the cdr of the cons cell points
|
|
|
1654 to.
|
|
|
1655
|
|
|
1656 *** pcl-cvs/elib-node.el
|
|
|
1657 Commentary:
|
|
|
1658
|
|
|
1659 A node is implemented as an array with three elements, using
|
|
|
1660 (elt node 0) as the left pointer
|
|
|
1661 (elt node 1) as the right pointer
|
|
|
1662 (elt node 2) as the data
|
|
|
1663 *** pcl-cvs/pcl-cvs-startup.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
1664 *** pcl-cvs/pcl-cvs-xemacs.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
1665 *** pcl-cvs/pcl-cvs.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
1666 *** pcl-cvs/string.el
|
|
|
1667 Commentary:
|
|
|
1668
|
|
|
1669
|
|
|
1670 This file is part of the elisp library Elib.
|
|
|
1671 It implements simple generic string functions for use in other
|
|
|
1672 elisp code: replace regexps in strings, split strings on regexps.
|
|
|
1673
|
|
|
1674 ** prim - Lots of XEmacs primitives (see Emacs-Lisp manual).
|
|
|
1675 *** prim/about.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
1676 *** prim/advocacy.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
1677 *** prim/auto-autoloads.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
1678 *** prim/backquote.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
1679 *** prim/buffer.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
1680 *** prim/case-table.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
1681 *** prim/cleantree.el
|
|
|
1682 Commentary:
|
|
|
1683
|
|
|
1684 This code is derived from Gnus based on a suggestion by
|
|
|
1685 David Moore <dmoore@ucsd.edu>
|
|
|
1686 *** prim/cmdloop.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
1687 *** prim/cmdloop1.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
1688 *** prim/console.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
1689 *** prim/custom-load.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
1690 *** prim/debug.el
|
|
|
1691 Commentary:
|
|
|
1692
|
|
|
1693 This is a major mode documented in the Emacs manual.
|
|
|
1694 *** prim/device.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
1695 *** prim/dialog.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
1696 *** prim/disp-table.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
1697 *** prim/env.el
|
|
|
1698 Commentary:
|
|
|
1699
|
|
|
1700 UNIX processes inherit a list of name-to-string associations from their
|
|
|
1701 parents called their `environment'; these are commonly used to control
|
|
|
1702 program options. This package permits you to set environment variables
|
|
|
1703 to be passed to any sub-process run under XEmacs.
|
|
|
1704 *** prim/events.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
1705 *** prim/extents.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
1706 *** prim/faces.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
1707 *** prim/files.el
|
|
|
1708 Commentary:
|
|
|
1709
|
|
|
1710 Defines most of XEmacs's file- and directory-handling functions,
|
|
|
1711 including basic file visiting, backup generation, link handling,
|
|
|
1712 ITS-id version control, load- and write-hook handling, and the like.
|
|
|
1713 *** prim/fill.el
|
|
|
1714 Commentary:
|
|
|
1715
|
|
|
1716 All the commands for filling text. These are documented in the XEmacs
|
|
|
1717 Reference Manual.
|
|
|
1718 *** prim/float-sup.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
1719 *** prim/format.el
|
|
|
1720 Commentary:
|
|
|
1721
|
|
|
1722 This file defines a unified mechanism for saving & loading files stored
|
|
|
1723 in different formats. `format-alist' contains information that directs
|
|
|
1724 Emacs to call an encoding or decoding function when reading or writing
|
|
|
1725 files that match certain conditions.
|
|
|
1726 *** prim/frame.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
1727 *** prim/glyphs.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
1728 *** prim/gui.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
1729 *** prim/help.el
|
|
|
1730 Commentary:
|
|
|
1731
|
|
|
1732 This code implements XEmacs's on-line help system, the one invoked by
|
|
|
1733 `M-x help-for-help'.
|
|
|
1734 *** prim/inc-vers.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
1735 *** prim/indent.el
|
|
|
1736 Commentary:
|
|
|
1737
|
|
|
1738 Commands for making and changing indentation in text. These are
|
|
|
1739 described in the XEmacs Reference Manual.
|
|
|
1740 *** prim/isearch-mode.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
1741 *** prim/itimer-autosave.el
|
|
|
1742 Commentary:
|
|
|
1743
|
|
|
1744 itimer-driven auto-saves
|
|
|
1745 *** prim/itimer.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
1746 *** prim/keydefs.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
1747 *** prim/keymap.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
1748 *** prim/lisp.el
|
|
|
1749 Commentary:
|
|
|
1750
|
|
|
1751 Lisp editing commands to go with Lisp major mode.
|
|
|
1752 *** prim/loaddefs.el
|
|
|
1753 Commentary:
|
|
|
1754
|
|
|
1755 You should never need to write autoloads by hand and put them here.
|
|
|
1756
|
|
|
1757 It is no longer necessary. Instead use autoload.el to maintain them
|
|
|
1758 for you. Just insert ";;;###autoload" before defuns or defmacros you
|
|
|
1759 want to be autoloaded, or other forms you want copied into loaddefs.el
|
|
|
1760 (defvars, key definitions, etc.).
|
|
|
1761 *** prim/loadup-el.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
1762 *** prim/loadup.el
|
|
|
1763 Commentary:
|
|
|
1764
|
|
|
1765 This is loaded into a bare Emacs to make a dumpable one.
|
|
|
1766 *** prim/macros.el
|
|
|
1767 Commentary:
|
|
|
1768
|
|
|
1769 Extension commands for keyboard macros. These permit you to assign
|
|
|
1770 a name to the last-defined keyboard macro, expand and insert the
|
|
|
1771 lisp corresponding to a macro, query the user from within a macro,
|
|
|
1772 or apply a macro to each line in the reason.
|
|
|
1773
|
|
|
1774 This file is largely superseded by edmacro.el as of XEmacs 20.1. -sb
|
|
|
1775 *** prim/menubar.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
1776 *** prim/minibuf.el
|
|
|
1777 Commentary:
|
|
|
1778
|
|
|
1779 Written by Richard Mlynarik 2-Oct-92
|
|
|
1780 *** prim/misc.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
1781 *** prim/mode-motion.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
1782 *** prim/modeline.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
1783 *** prim/mouse.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
1784 *** prim/novice.el
|
|
|
1785 Commentary:
|
|
|
1786
|
|
|
1787 This mode provides a hook which is, by default, attached to various
|
|
|
1788 putatively dangerous commands in a (probably futile) attempt to
|
|
|
1789 prevent lusers from shooting themselves in the feet.
|
|
|
1790 *** prim/objects.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
1791 *** prim/obsolete.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
1792 *** prim/options.el
|
|
|
1793 Commentary:
|
|
|
1794
|
|
|
1795 This code provides functions to list and edit the values of all global
|
|
|
1796 option variables known to loaded Emacs Lisp code. There are two entry
|
|
|
1797 points, `list-options' and `edit' options'. The latter enters a major
|
|
|
1798 mode specifically for editing option values. Do `M-x describe-mode' in
|
|
|
1799 that context for more details.
|
|
|
1800 *** prim/overlay.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
1801 *** prim/page.el
|
|
|
1802 Commentary:
|
|
|
1803
|
|
|
1804 This code provides the page-oriented movement and selection commands
|
|
|
1805 documented in the XEmacs Reference Manual.
|
|
|
1806 *** prim/paragraphs.el
|
|
|
1807 Commentary:
|
|
|
1808
|
|
|
1809 This package provides the paragraph-oriented commands documented in the
|
|
|
1810 XEmacs Reference Manual.
|
|
|
1811 *** prim/process.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
1812 *** prim/profile.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
1813 *** prim/rect.el
|
|
|
1814 Commentary:
|
|
|
1815
|
|
|
1816 This package provides the operations on rectangles that are ocumented
|
|
|
1817 in the XEmacs Reference Manual.
|
|
|
1818 *** prim/register.el
|
|
|
1819 Commentary:
|
|
|
1820
|
|
|
1821 This package of functions emulates and somewhat extends the venerable
|
|
|
1822 TECO's `register' feature, which permits you to save various useful
|
|
|
1823 pieces of buffer state to named variables. The entry points are
|
|
|
1824 documented in the XEmacs Reference Manual.
|
|
|
1825 *** prim/replace.el
|
|
|
1826 Commentary:
|
|
|
1827
|
|
|
1828 This package supplies the string and regular-expression replace functions
|
|
|
1829 documented in the XEmacs Reference Manual.
|
|
|
1830
|
|
|
1831 All the gettext calls are for XEmacs I18N3 message catalog support.
|
|
|
1832 *** prim/reposition.el
|
|
|
1833 Commentary:
|
|
|
1834
|
|
|
1835 Reposition-window makes an entire function definition or comment visible,
|
|
|
1836 or, if it is already visible, places it at the top of the window;
|
|
|
1837 additional invocations toggle the visibility of comments preceding the
|
|
|
1838 code. For the gory details, see the documentation for reposition-window;
|
|
|
1839 rather than reading that, you may just want to play with it.
|
|
|
1840
|
|
|
1841 This tries pretty hard to do the recentering correctly; the precise
|
|
|
1842 action depends on what the buffer looks like. If you find a situation
|
|
|
1843 where it doesn't behave well, let me know. This function is modeled
|
|
|
1844 after one of the same name in ZMACS, but the code is all-new and the
|
|
|
1845 behavior in some situations differs.
|
|
|
1846 *** prim/scrollbar.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
1847 *** prim/simple.el
|
|
|
1848 Commentary:
|
|
|
1849
|
|
|
1850 A grab-bag of basic XEmacs commands not specifically related to some
|
|
|
1851 major mode or to file-handling.
|
|
|
1852 *** prim/sort.el
|
|
|
1853 Commentary:
|
|
|
1854
|
|
|
1855 This package provides the sorting facilities documented in the XEmacs
|
|
|
1856 Reference Manual.
|
|
|
1857 *** prim/sound.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
1858 *** prim/specifier.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
1859 *** prim/startup.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
1860 *** prim/subr.el
|
|
|
1861 Commentary:
|
|
|
1862
|
|
|
1863 There's not a whole lot in common now with the FSF version,
|
|
|
1864 be wary when applying differences. I've left in a number of lines
|
|
|
1865 of commentary just to give diff(1) something to synch itself with to
|
|
|
1866 provide useful context diffs. -sb
|
|
|
1867 *** prim/symbols.el
|
|
|
1868 Commentary:
|
|
|
1869
|
|
|
1870 The idea behind magic variables is that you can specify arbitrary
|
|
|
1871 behavior to happen when setting or retrieving a variable's value. The
|
|
|
1872 purpose of this is to make it possible to cleanly provide support for
|
|
|
1873 obsolete variables (e.g. unread-command-event, which is obsolete for
|
|
|
1874 unread-command-events) and variable compatibility
|
|
|
1875 (e.g. suggest-key-bindings, the FSF equivalent of
|
|
|
1876 teach-extended-commands-p and teach-extended-commands-timeout).
|
|
|
1877 *** prim/syntax.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
1878 *** prim/tabify.el
|
|
|
1879 Commentary:
|
|
|
1880
|
|
|
1881 Commands to optimize spaces to tabs or expand tabs to spaces in a region
|
|
|
1882 (`tabify' and `untabify'). The variable tab-width does the obvious.
|
|
|
1883 *** prim/toolbar.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
1884 *** prim/undo-stack.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
1885 *** prim/update-elc.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
1886 *** prim/userlock.el
|
|
|
1887 Commentary:
|
|
|
1888
|
|
|
1889 This file is autoloaded to handle certain conditions
|
|
|
1890 detected by the file-locking code within XEmacs.
|
|
|
1891 The two entry points are `ask-user-about-lock' and
|
|
|
1892 `ask-user-about-supersession-threat'.
|
|
|
1893 *** prim/window.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
1894
|
|
|
1895 ** psgml - SGML/HTML editing mode
|
|
|
1896 *** psgml/iso-sgml.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
1897 *** psgml/psgml-api.el
|
|
|
1898 Commentary:
|
|
|
1899
|
|
|
1900 Provides some extra functions for the API to PSGML.
|
|
|
1901
|
|
|
1902 *** psgml/psgml-charent.el
|
|
|
1903 Commentary:
|
|
|
1904
|
|
|
1905 Functions to convert character entities into displayable characters
|
|
|
1906 and displayable characters back into character entities.
|
|
|
1907
|
|
|
1908 *** psgml/psgml-debug.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
1909 *** psgml/psgml-dtd.el
|
|
|
1910 Commentary:
|
|
|
1911
|
|
|
1912 Part of major mode for editing the SGML document-markup language.
|
|
|
1913
|
|
|
1914 *** psgml/psgml-edit.el
|
|
|
1915 Commentary:
|
|
|
1916
|
|
|
1917 Part of major mode for editing the SGML document-markup language.
|
|
|
1918
|
|
|
1919 *** psgml/psgml-fs.el
|
|
|
1920 Commentary:
|
|
|
1921
|
|
|
1922 The function `style-format' formats the SGML-file in the current
|
|
|
1923 buffer according to the style defined in the file `psgml-style.fs'
|
|
|
1924 (or the file given by the variable `fs-style').
|
|
|
1925
|
|
|
1926 To try it load this file and open the test file example.sgml. Then
|
|
|
1927 run the emacs command `M-x style-format'.
|
|
|
1928
|
|
|
1929 The style file should contain a single Lisp list. The elements of
|
|
|
1930 this list, are them self lists, describe the style for an element type.
|
|
|
1931 The sublists begin with the generic identifier for the element types and
|
|
|
1932 the rest of the list are characteristic/value pairs.
|
|
|
1933
|
|
|
1934 E.g. ("p" block t left 4 top 2)
|
|
|
1935
|
|
|
1936 Defines the style for p-elements to be blocks with left margin 4 and
|
|
|
1937 at least to blank lines before the block.
|
|
|
1938
|
|
|
1939 *** psgml/psgml-html.el
|
|
|
1940 Commentary:
|
|
|
1941
|
|
|
1942 Parts were taken from html-helper-mode and from code by Alastair Burt.
|
|
|
1943
|
|
|
1944 Feb 18 1997, Heiko Muenkel: Added the hook variable html-mode-hook.
|
|
|
1945 ; With that you can now use the hm--html-minor-mode together
|
|
|
1946 ; with this mode. For that you've to add the following line
|
|
|
1947 ; to your ~/.emacs:
|
|
|
1948 ; (add-hook 'html-mode-hook 'hm--html-minor-mode)
|
|
|
1949 *** psgml/psgml-info.el
|
|
|
1950 Commentary:
|
|
|
1951
|
|
|
1952 This file is an addon to the PSGML package.
|
|
|
1953
|
|
|
1954 This file contains some commands to print out information about the
|
|
|
1955 current DTD.
|
|
|
1956 *** psgml/psgml-other.el
|
|
|
1957 Commentary:
|
|
|
1958
|
|
|
1959 Part of psgml.el. Code not compatible with XEmacs.
|
|
|
1960
|
|
|
1961 *** psgml/psgml-parse.el
|
|
|
1962 Commentary:
|
|
|
1963
|
|
|
1964 Part of major mode for editing the SGML document-markup language.
|
|
|
1965
|
|
|
1966 *** psgml/psgml-xemacs.el
|
|
|
1967 Commentary:
|
|
|
1968
|
|
|
1969 Part of psgml.el
|
|
|
1970
|
|
|
1971 Menus for use with XEmacs
|
|
|
1972
|
|
|
1973 *** psgml/psgml.el
|
|
|
1974 Commentary:
|
|
|
1975
|
|
|
1976 Major mode for editing the SGML document-markup language.
|
|
|
1977 *** psgml/tempo.el
|
|
|
1978 Commentary:
|
|
|
1979
|
|
|
1980 This file provides a simple way to define powerful templates, or
|
|
|
1981 macros, if you wish. It is mainly intended for, but not limited to,
|
|
|
1982 other programmers to be used for creating shortcuts for editing
|
|
|
1983 certain kind of documents. It was originally written to be used by
|
|
|
1984 a HTML editing mode written by Nelson Minar <nelson@santafe.edu>,
|
|
|
1985 and his html-helper-mode.el is probably the best example of how to
|
|
|
1986 use this program.
|
|
|
1987
|
|
|
1988 ** rmail - Reading Mail (see also VM and GNUS)
|
|
|
1989 *** rmail/rmail-kill.el
|
|
|
1990 Commentary:
|
|
|
1991 *** rmail/rmail-xemacs.el
|
|
|
1992 Commentary:
|
|
|
1993
|
|
|
1994 Right button pops up a menu of commands in Rmail and Rmail summary buffers.
|
|
|
1995 Middle button selects indicated mail message in Rmail summary buffer
|
|
|
1996 *** rmail/rmail.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
1997 *** rmail/rmailedit.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
1998 *** rmail/rmailkwd.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
1999 *** rmail/rmailmsc.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2000 *** rmail/rmailout.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2001 *** rmail/rmailsort.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2002 *** rmail/rmailsum.el
|
|
|
2003 Commentary:
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005 Provided all commands from rmail-mode in rmail-summary-mode and made key
|
|
|
2006 bindings in both modes wholly compatible.
|
|
|
2007 *** rmail/undigest.el
|
|
|
2008 Commentary:
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010 See Internet RFC 934
|
|
|
2011 *** rmail/unrmail.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2012
|
|
|
2013 ** sunpro - Additional code for interfacing with SunPro products.
|
|
|
2014 *** sunpro/sunpro-init.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2015 *** sunpro/sunpro-keys.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2016 *** sunpro/sunpro-load.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2017 *** sunpro/sunpro-menubar.el
|
|
|
2018 Commentary:
|
|
|
2019 Creates the default SunPro menubars.
|
|
|
2020 *** sunpro/sunpro-sparcworks.el
|
|
|
2021 Commentary:
|
|
|
2022
|
|
|
2023 Called from the SPARCworks Manager with the command:
|
|
|
2024
|
|
|
2025 xemacs -q -l sunpro-sparcworks $SUNPRO_SWM_TT_ARGS $SUNPRO_SWM_GUI_ARGS
|
|
|
2026
|
|
|
2027 ** term - Terminal specific initialization: vt100, wyse, ...
|
|
|
2028 *** term/AT386.el
|
|
|
2029 Commentary:
|
|
|
2030
|
|
|
2031 Uses the Emacs 19 terminal initialization features --- won't work with 18.
|
|
|
2032 *** term/apollo.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2033 *** term/bg-mouse.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2034 *** term/bobcat.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2035 *** term/internal.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2036 *** term/keyswap.el
|
|
|
2037 Commentary:
|
|
|
2038
|
|
|
2039 This package is meant to be called by other terminal packages.
|
|
|
2040 *** term/linux.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2041 *** term/lk201.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2042 *** term/news.el
|
|
|
2043 Commentary:
|
|
|
2044
|
|
|
2045 Uses the Emacs 19 terminal initialization features --- won't work with 18.
|
|
|
2046 *** term/pc-win.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2047 *** term/scoansi.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2048 *** term/sun-mouse.el
|
|
|
2049 Commentary:
|
|
|
2050 *** term/sun.el
|
|
|
2051 Commentary:
|
|
|
2052
|
|
|
2053 The function key sequences for the console have been converted for
|
|
|
2054 use with function-key-map, but the *tool stuff hasn't been touched.
|
|
|
2055 *** term/sup-mouse.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2056 *** term/tty-init.el
|
|
|
2057 Commentary:
|
|
|
2058 *** term/tvi970.el
|
|
|
2059 Commentary:
|
|
|
2060
|
|
|
2061 Uses the Emacs 19 terminal initialization features --- won't work with 18.
|
|
|
2062 *** term/vt-control.el
|
|
|
2063 Commentary:
|
|
|
2064
|
|
|
2065 The functions contained in this file send various VT control codes
|
|
|
2066 to the terminal where emacs is running. The following functions are
|
|
|
2067 available.
|
|
|
2068 *** term/vt100-led.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2069 *** term/vt100.el
|
|
|
2070 Commentary:
|
|
|
2071
|
|
|
2072 Uses the Emacs 19 terminal initialization features --- won't work with 18.
|
|
|
2073
|
|
|
2074 Handles all VT100 clones, including the Apollo terminal. Also handles
|
|
|
2075 the VT200 --- its PF- and arrow- keys are different, but all those
|
|
|
2076 are really set up by the terminal initialization code, which mines them
|
|
|
2077 out of termcap. This package is here to define the keypad comma, dash
|
|
|
2078 and period (which aren't in termcap's repertoire) and the function for
|
|
|
2079 changing from 80 to 132 columns & vv.
|
|
|
2080 *** term/vt102.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2081 *** term/vt125.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2082 *** term/vt200.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2083 *** term/vt201.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2084 *** term/vt220.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2085 *** term/vt240.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2086 *** term/vt300.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2087 *** term/vt320.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2088 *** term/vt400.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2089 *** term/vt420.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2090 *** term/win32-win.el
|
|
|
2091 Commentary:
|
|
|
2092
|
|
|
2093 win32-win.el: this file is loaded from ../lisp/startup.el when it recognizes
|
|
|
2094 that win32 windows are to be used. Command line switches are parsed and those
|
|
|
2095 pertaining to win32 are processed and removed from the command line. The
|
|
|
2096 win32 display is opened and hooks are set for popping up the initial window.
|
|
|
2097
|
|
|
2098 startup.el will then examine startup files, and eventually call the hooks
|
|
|
2099 which create the first window (s).
|
|
|
2100 *** term/wyse50.el
|
|
|
2101 Commentary:
|
|
|
2102
|
|
|
2103 The Wyse50 is ergonomically wonderful, but its escape-sequence design sucks
|
|
|
2104 rocks. The left-arrow key emits a backspace (!) and the down-arrow a line
|
|
|
2105 feed (!!). Thus, you have to unbind some commonly-used Emacs keys to
|
|
|
2106 enable the arrows.
|
|
|
2107 *** term/xterm.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2108
|
|
|
2109 ** tl - Tiny Library (Part of the Tools for MIME).
|
|
|
2110 *** tl/bitmap.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2111 *** tl/cless.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2112 *** tl/emu-e19.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2113 *** tl/emu-orig.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2114 *** tl/emu-xemacs.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2115 *** tl/emu.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2116 *** tl/file-detect.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2117 *** tl/filename.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2118 *** tl/mu-cite.el
|
|
|
2119 Commentary:
|
|
|
2120 *** tl/mu-comment.el
|
|
|
2121 Commentary:
|
|
|
2122
|
|
|
2123 type `C-c C-q' at the beginning of S-expression you want to
|
|
|
2124 comment out.
|
|
|
2125 *** tl/mu-replace.el
|
|
|
2126 Commentary:
|
|
|
2127 *** tl/range.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2128 *** tl/richtext.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2129 *** tl/std11-parse.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2130 *** tl/std11.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2131 *** tl/texi-util.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2132 *** tl/tinyrich.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2133 *** tl/tl-822.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2134 *** tl/tl-atype.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2135 *** tl/tl-list.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2136 *** tl/tl-misc.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2137 *** tl/tl-num.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2138 *** tl/tl-seq.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2139 *** tl/tl-str.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2140 *** tl/tu-comment.el
|
|
|
2141 Commentary:
|
|
|
2142 *** tl/tu-replace.el
|
|
|
2143 Commentary:
|
|
|
2144
|
|
|
2145 ** tm - Tools for MIME -- integrates in VM, RMAIL, GNUS
|
|
|
2146 *** tm/gnus-art-mime.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2147 *** tm/gnus-charset.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2148 *** tm/gnus-mime-old.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2149 *** tm/gnus-mime.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2150 *** tm/gnus-msg-mime.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2151 *** tm/gnus-sum-mime.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2152 *** tm/message-mime.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2153 *** tm/mime-setup.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2154 *** tm/sc-setup.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2155 *** tm/signature.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2156 *** tm/tm-bbdb.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2157 *** tm/tm-def.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2158 *** tm/tm-edit-mc.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2159 *** tm/tm-edit.el
|
|
|
2160 Commentary:
|
|
|
2161
|
|
|
2162 This is an Emacs minor mode for editing Internet multimedia
|
|
|
2163 messages formatted in MIME (RFC 2045, 2046, 2047, 2048 and 2049).
|
|
|
2164 All messages in this mode are composed in the tagged MIME format,
|
|
|
2165 that are described in the following examples. The messages
|
|
|
2166 composed in the tagged MIME format are automatically translated
|
|
|
2167 into a MIME compliant message when exiting the mode.
|
|
|
2168 *** tm/tm-ew-d.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2169 *** tm/tm-ew-e.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2170 *** tm/tm-file.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2171 *** tm/tm-ftp.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2172 *** tm/tm-gd3.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2173 *** tm/tm-gnus.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2174 *** tm/tm-gnus4.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2175 *** tm/tm-gnus5.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2176 *** tm/tm-html.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2177 *** tm/tm-image.el
|
|
|
2178 Commentary:
|
|
|
2179 If you use this program with MULE, please install
|
|
|
2180 etl8x16-bitmap.bdf font included in tl package.
|
|
|
2181 *** tm/tm-latex.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2182 *** tm/tm-mail.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2183 *** tm/tm-mh-e.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2184 *** tm/tm-orig.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2185 *** tm/tm-parse.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2186 *** tm/tm-partial.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2187 *** tm/tm-pgp.el
|
|
|
2188 Commentary:
|
|
|
2189
|
|
|
2190 This module is based on 2 drafts about PGP MIME integration:
|
|
|
2191 *** tm/tm-play.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2192 *** tm/tm-rmail.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2193 *** tm/tm-setup.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2194 *** tm/tm-sgnus.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2195 *** tm/tm-tar.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2196 *** tm/tm-text.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2197 *** tm/tm-view.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2198 *** tm/tm-vm.el
|
|
|
2199 Commentary:
|
|
|
2200
|
|
|
2201 Plese insert `(require 'tm-vm)' in your ~/.vm file.
|
|
|
2202 *** tm/tmh-comp.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2203
|
|
|
2204 ** tooltalk - Support for Tooltalk protocol
|
|
|
2205 *** tooltalk/tooltalk-init.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2206 *** tooltalk/tooltalk-load.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2207 *** tooltalk/tooltalk-macros.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2208 *** tooltalk/tooltalk-util.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2209
|
|
|
2210 ** utils - Lots of stuff
|
|
|
2211 *** utils/abbrevlist.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2212 *** utils/advice.el
|
|
|
2213 Commentary:
|
|
|
2214
|
|
|
2215 This package implements a full-fledged Lisp-style advice mechanism
|
|
|
2216 for Emacs Lisp. Advice is a clean and efficient way to modify the
|
|
|
2217 behavior of Emacs Lisp functions without having to keep personal
|
|
|
2218 modified copies of such functions around. A great number of such
|
|
|
2219 modifications can be achieved by treating the original function as a
|
|
|
2220 black box and specifying a different execution environment for it
|
|
|
2221 with a piece of advice. Think of a piece of advice as a kind of fancy
|
|
|
2222 hook that you can attach to any function/macro/subr.
|
|
|
2223 *** utils/annotations.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2224 *** utils/assoc.el
|
|
|
2225 Commentary:
|
|
|
2226
|
|
|
2227 Association list utilities providing insertion, deletion, sorting
|
|
|
2228 fetching off key-value pairs in association lists.
|
|
|
2229 *** utils/atomic-extents.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2230 *** utils/autoload.el
|
|
|
2231 Commentary:
|
|
|
2232
|
|
|
2233 This code helps GNU Emacs maintainers keep the loaddefs.el file up to
|
|
|
2234 date. It interprets magic cookies of the form ";;;###autoload" in
|
|
|
2235 lisp source files in various useful ways. To learn more, read the
|
|
|
2236 source; if you're going to use this, you'd better be able to.
|
|
|
2237 *** utils/bench.el
|
|
|
2238 Commentary:
|
|
|
2239
|
|
|
2240 Adapted from Shane Holder's bench.el by steve@altair.xemacs.org.
|
|
|
2241
|
|
|
2242 To run
|
|
|
2243 Extract the shar file in /tmp, or modify bench-lisp-file to
|
|
|
2244 point to the gnus.el file.
|
|
|
2245 At the shell prompt emacs -q --no-site-file <= don't load users .emacs or site-
|
|
|
2246 file
|
|
|
2247 M-x byte-compile-file "/tmp/bench.el"
|
|
|
2248 M-x load-file "/tmp/bench.elc"
|
|
|
2249 In the scratch buffer (bench 1)
|
|
|
2250
|
|
|
2251
|
|
|
2252 All bench marks must be named bench-mark-<something>
|
|
|
2253 Results are put in bench-mark-<something-times which is a list of
|
|
|
2254 times for the runs.
|
|
|
2255 If the bench mark is not simple then there needs to be a
|
|
|
2256 corresponding bench-handler-<something>
|
|
|
2257 *** utils/blessmail.el
|
|
|
2258 Commentary:
|
|
|
2259
|
|
|
2260 This is loaded into a bare Emacs to create the blessmail script,
|
|
|
2261 which (on systems that need it) is used during installation
|
|
|
2262 to give appropriate permissions to movemail.
|
|
|
2263
|
|
|
2264 It has to be done from lisp in order to be sure of getting the
|
|
|
2265 correct value of rmail-spool-directory.
|
|
|
2266 *** utils/browse-cltl2.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2267 *** utils/browse-url.el
|
|
|
2268 Commentary:
|
|
|
2269
|
|
|
2270 This package provides functions which read a URL (Uniform Resource
|
|
|
2271 Locator) from the minibuffer, defaulting to the URL around point,
|
|
|
2272 and ask a World-Wide Web browser to load it. It can also load the
|
|
|
2273 URL associated with the current buffer. Different browsers use
|
|
|
2274 different methods of remote control so there is one function for
|
|
|
2275 each supported browser. If the chosen browser is not running, it
|
|
|
2276 is started. Currently there is support for:
|
|
|
2277
|
|
|
2278 *** utils/crontab.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2279 *** utils/delbackspace.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2280 *** utils/derived.el
|
|
|
2281 Commentary:
|
|
|
2282
|
|
|
2283 GNU Emacs is already, in a sense, object oriented -- each object
|
|
|
2284 (buffer) belongs to a class (major mode), and that class defines
|
|
|
2285 the relationship between messages (input events) and methods
|
|
|
2286 (commands) by means of a keymap.
|
|
|
2287
|
|
|
2288 In the mean time, this package offers most of the advantages of
|
|
|
2289 full inheritance with the existing major modes. The macro
|
|
|
2290 `define-derived-mode' allows the user to make a variant of an existing
|
|
|
2291 major mode, with its own keymap. The new mode will inherit the key
|
|
|
2292 bindings of its parent, and will, in fact, run its parent first
|
|
|
2293 every time it is called. For example, the commands
|
|
|
2294 *** utils/detached-minibuf.el
|
|
|
2295 Commentary:
|
|
|
2296
|
|
|
2297 WARNING. DANGER. This file reportedly crashes 19.14, use it only with a
|
|
|
2298 recent XEmacs.
|
|
|
2299
|
|
|
2300 Version: 1.1
|
|
|
2301 *** utils/docref.el
|
|
|
2302 Commentary:
|
|
|
2303
|
|
|
2304 This package allows you to use a simple form of cross references in
|
|
|
2305 your Emacs Lisp documentation strings. Cross-references look like
|
|
|
2306 \\(type@[label@]data), where type defines a method for retrieving
|
|
|
2307 reference informatin, data is used by a method routine as an argument,
|
|
|
2308 and label "represents" the reference in text. If label is absent, data
|
|
|
2309 is used instead.
|
|
|
2310 *** utils/easymenu.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2311 *** utils/edmacro.el
|
|
|
2312 Commentary:
|
|
|
2313
|
|
|
2314 Usage:
|
|
|
2315
|
|
|
2316 The `C-x C-k' (`edit-kbd-macro') command edits a keyboard macro
|
|
|
2317 in a special buffer. It prompts you to type a key sequence,
|
|
|
2318 which should be one of:
|
|
|
2319 *** utils/eldoc.el
|
|
|
2320 Commentary:
|
|
|
2321
|
|
|
2322 This program was inspired by the behavior of the "mouse documentation
|
|
|
2323 window" on many Lisp Machine systems; as you type a function's symbol
|
|
|
2324 name as part of a sexp, it will print the argument list for that
|
|
|
2325 function. Behavior is not identical; for example, you need not actually
|
|
|
2326 type the function name, you need only move point around in a sexp that
|
|
|
2327 calls it. Also, if point is over a documented variable, it will print
|
|
|
2328 the one-line documentation for that variable instead, to remind you of
|
|
|
2329 that variable's meaning.
|
|
|
2330 *** utils/elp.el
|
|
|
2331 Commentary:
|
|
|
2332
|
|
|
2333 If you want to profile a bunch of functions, set elp-function-list
|
|
|
2334 to the list of symbols, then do a M-x elp-instrument-list. This
|
|
|
2335 hacks those functions so that profiling information is recorded
|
|
|
2336 whenever they are called. To print out the current results, use
|
|
|
2337 M-x elp-results. If you want output to go to standard-output
|
|
|
2338 instead of a separate buffer, setq elp-use-standard-output to
|
|
|
2339 non-nil. With elp-reset-after-results set to non-nil, profiling
|
|
|
2340 information will be reset whenever the results are displayed. You
|
|
|
2341 can also reset all profiling info at any time with M-x
|
|
|
2342 elp-reset-all.
|
|
|
2343 *** utils/facemenu.el
|
|
|
2344 Commentary:
|
|
|
2345
|
|
|
2346 This file defines a menu of faces (bold, italic, etc) which allows you to
|
|
|
2347 set the face used for a region of the buffer. Some faces also have
|
|
|
2348 keybindings, which are shown in the menu. Faces with names beginning with
|
|
|
2349 "fg:" or "bg:", as in "fg:red", are treated specially.
|
|
|
2350 Such faces are assumed to consist only of a foreground (if "fg:") or
|
|
|
2351 background (if "bg:") color. They are thus put into the color submenus
|
|
|
2352 rather than the general Face submenu. These faces can also be
|
|
|
2353 automatically created by selecting the "Other..." menu items in the
|
|
|
2354 "Foreground" and "Background" submenus.
|
|
|
2355 *** utils/find-gc.el
|
|
|
2356 Commentary:
|
|
|
2357
|
|
|
2358 Produce in unsafe-list the set of all functions that may invoke GC.
|
|
|
2359 This expects the Emacs sources to live in emacs-source-directory.
|
|
|
2360 It creates a temporary working directory /tmp/esrc.
|
|
|
2361 *** utils/finder.el
|
|
|
2362 Commentary:
|
|
|
2363
|
|
|
2364 This mode uses the Keywords library header to provide code-finding
|
|
|
2365 services by keyword.
|
|
|
2366 *** utils/floating-toolbar.el
|
|
|
2367 Commentary:
|
|
|
2368
|
|
|
2369 The command `floating-toolbar' pops up a small frame
|
|
|
2370 containing a toolbar. The command should be bound to a
|
|
|
2371 button-press event. If the mouse press happens over an
|
|
|
2372 extent that has a non-nil 'floating-toolbar property, the
|
|
|
2373 value of that property is the toolbar instantiator that will
|
|
|
2374 be displayed. Otherwise the toolbar displayed is taken from
|
|
|
2375 the variable `floating-toolbar'. This variable can be made
|
|
|
2376 buffer local to produce buffer local floating toolbars.
|
|
|
2377 *** utils/flow-ctrl.el
|
|
|
2378 Commentary:
|
|
|
2379
|
|
|
2380 Terminals that use XON/XOFF flow control can cause problems with
|
|
|
2381 GNU Emacs users. This file contains Emacs Lisp code that makes it
|
|
|
2382 easy for a user to deal with this problem, when using such a
|
|
|
2383 terminal.
|
|
|
2384
|
|
|
2385 *** utils/foldout.el
|
|
|
2386 Commentary:
|
|
|
2387
|
|
|
2388 This file provides folding editor extensions for outline-mode and
|
|
|
2389 outline-minor-mode buffers. What's a "folding editor"? Read on...
|
|
|
2390
|
|
|
2391 Imagine you're in an outline-mode buffer and you've hidden all the text and
|
|
|
2392 subheadings under your level-1 headings. You now want to look at the stuff
|
|
|
2393 hidden under one of these headings. Normally you'd do C-c C-e (show-entry)
|
|
|
2394 to expose the body or C-c C-i to expose the child (level-2) headings.
|
|
|
2395
|
|
|
2396 With foldout, you do C-c C-z (foldout-zoom-subtree). This exposes the body
|
|
|
2397 and child subheadings and narrows the buffer so that only the level-1
|
|
|
2398 heading, the body and the level-2 headings are visible. If you now want to
|
|
|
2399 look under one of the level-2 headings, position the cursor on it and do C-c
|
|
|
2400 C-z again. This exposes the level-2 body and its level-3 child subheadings
|
|
|
2401 and narrows the buffer again. You can keep on zooming in on successive
|
|
|
2402 subheadings as much as you like. A string in the modeline tells you how
|
|
|
2403 deep you've gone.
|
|
|
2404 *** utils/forms-d2.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2405 *** utils/forms-pass.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2406 *** utils/forms.el
|
|
|
2407 Commentary:
|
|
|
2408
|
|
|
2409 Visit a file using a form.
|
|
|
2410
|
|
|
2411 Forms mode means visiting a data file which is supposed to consist
|
|
|
2412 of records each containing a number of fields. The records are
|
|
|
2413 separated by a newline, the fields are separated by a user-defined
|
|
|
2414 field separator (default: TAB).
|
|
|
2415 When shown, a record is transferred to an Emacs buffer and
|
|
|
2416 presented using a user-defined form. One record is shown at a
|
|
|
2417 time.
|
|
|
2418 *** utils/frame-icon.el
|
|
|
2419 Commentary:
|
|
|
2420 *** utils/hide-copyleft.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2421 *** utils/highlight-headers.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2422 *** utils/id-select.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2423 *** utils/lib-complete.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2424 *** utils/live-icon.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2425 *** utils/loadhist.el
|
|
|
2426 Commentary:
|
|
|
2427
|
|
|
2428 These functions exploit the load-history system variable.
|
|
|
2429 *** utils/mail-extr.el
|
|
|
2430 Commentary:
|
|
|
2431
|
|
|
2432 mail-extract-address-components: (address)
|
|
|
2433
|
|
|
2434 Given an RFC-822 ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
|
|
|
2435 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS).
|
|
|
2436 If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil.
|
|
|
2437 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
|
|
|
2438 (narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
|
|
|
2439 (This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
|
|
|
2440 consing a string.)
|
|
|
2441 If ADDRESS contains more than one RFC-822 address, only the first is
|
|
|
2442 returned.
|
|
|
2443
|
|
|
2444 *** utils/mail-utils.el
|
|
|
2445 Commentary:
|
|
|
2446
|
|
|
2447 Utility functions for mail and netnews handling. These handle fine
|
|
|
2448 points of header parsing.
|
|
|
2449 *** utils/mailpost.el
|
|
|
2450 Commentary:
|
|
|
2451
|
|
|
2452 Yet another mail interface. this for the rmail system to provide
|
|
|
2453 the missing sendmail interface on systems without /usr/lib/sendmail,
|
|
|
2454 but with /usr/uci/post.
|
|
|
2455 *** utils/map-ynp.el
|
|
|
2456 Commentary:
|
|
|
2457
|
|
|
2458 map-y-or-n-p is a general-purpose question-asking function.
|
|
|
2459 It asks a series of y/n questions (a la y-or-n-p), and decides to
|
|
|
2460 applies an action to each element of a list based on the answer.
|
|
|
2461 The nice thing is that you also get some other possible answers
|
|
|
2462 to use, reminiscent of query-replace: ! to answer y to all remaining
|
|
|
2463 questions; ESC or q to answer n to all remaining questions; . to answer
|
|
|
2464 y once and then n for the remainder; and you can get help with C-h.
|
|
|
2465 *** utils/meese.el
|
|
|
2466 Commentary:
|
|
|
2467 This file is grossly misnamed. It should be called reno.el.
|
|
|
2468 *** utils/passwd.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2469 *** utils/pp.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2470 *** utils/pretty-print.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2471 *** utils/redo.el
|
|
|
2472 Commentary:
|
|
|
2473
|
|
|
2474 Emacs' normal undo system allows you to undo an arbitrary
|
|
|
2475 number of buffer changes. These undos are recorded as ordinary
|
|
|
2476 buffer changes themselves. So when you break the chain of
|
|
|
2477 undos by issuing some other command, you can then undo all
|
|
|
2478 the undos. The chain of recorded buffer modifications
|
|
|
2479 therefore grows without bound, truncated only at garbage
|
|
|
2480 collection time.
|
|
|
2481
|
|
|
2482 *** utils/regi.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2483 *** utils/reporter.el
|
|
|
2484 Commentary:
|
|
|
2485 Lisp Package Authors
|
|
|
2486 ====================
|
|
|
2487 Reporter was written primarily for Emacs Lisp package authors so
|
|
|
2488 that their users can easily report bugs. When invoked,
|
|
|
2489 reporter-submit-bug-report will set up an outgoing mail buffer with
|
|
|
2490 the appropriate bug report address, including a lisp expression the
|
|
|
2491 maintainer of the package can eval to completely reproduce the
|
|
|
2492 environment in which the bug was observed (e.g. by using
|
|
|
2493 eval-last-sexp). This package proved especially useful during my
|
|
|
2494 development of cc-mode, which is highly dependent on its
|
|
|
2495 configuration variables.
|
|
|
2496 *** utils/rfc822.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2497 *** utils/ring.el
|
|
|
2498 Commentary:
|
|
|
2499
|
|
|
2500 This code defines a ring data structure. A ring is a
|
|
|
2501 (hd-index length . vector)
|
|
|
2502 list. You can insert to, remove from, and rotate a ring. When the ring
|
|
|
2503 fills up, insertions cause the oldest elts to be quietly dropped.
|
|
|
2504 *** utils/shadowfile.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2505 *** utils/skeleton.el
|
|
|
2506 Commentary:
|
|
|
2507
|
|
|
2508 A very concise language extension for writing structured statement
|
|
|
2509 skeleton insertion commands for programming language modes. This
|
|
|
2510 originated in shell-script mode and was applied to ada-mode's
|
|
|
2511 commands which shrunk to one third. And these commands are now
|
|
|
2512 user configurable.
|
|
|
2513 *** utils/smtpmail.el
|
|
|
2514 Commentary:
|
|
|
2515
|
|
|
2516 Send Mail to smtp host from smtpmail temp buffer.
|
|
|
2517 *** utils/soundex.el
|
|
|
2518 Commentary:
|
|
|
2519
|
|
|
2520 The Soundex algorithm maps English words into representations of
|
|
|
2521 how they sound. Words with vaguely similar sound map to the same string.
|
|
|
2522 *** utils/speedbar.el
|
|
|
2523 Commentary:
|
|
|
2524
|
|
|
2525 The speedbar provides a frame in which files, and locations in
|
|
|
2526 files are displayed. These items can be clicked on with mouse-2
|
|
|
2527 in order to make the last active frame display that file location.
|
|
|
2528 *** utils/symbol-syntax.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2529 *** utils/sysdep.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2530 *** utils/text-props.el
|
|
|
2531 Commentary:
|
|
|
2532
|
|
|
2533 This is a nearly complete implementation of the FSF19 text properties API.
|
|
|
2534 Please let me know if you notice any differences in behavior between
|
|
|
2535 this implementation and the FSF implementation.
|
|
|
2536 *** utils/thing.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2537 *** utils/timezone.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2538 *** utils/tq.el
|
|
|
2539 Commentary:
|
|
|
2540
|
|
|
2541 manages receiving a stream asynchronously,
|
|
|
2542 parsing it into transactions, and then calling
|
|
|
2543 handler functions
|
|
|
2544
|
|
|
2545 Our basic structure is the queue/process/buffer triple. Each entry
|
|
|
2546 of the queue is a regexp/closure/function triple. We buffer
|
|
|
2547 bytes from the process until we see the regexp at the head of the
|
|
|
2548 queue. Then we call the function with the closure and the
|
|
|
2549 collected bytes.
|
|
|
2550 *** utils/trace.el
|
|
|
2551 Commentary:
|
|
|
2552
|
|
|
2553 A simple trace package that utilizes advice.el. It generates trace
|
|
|
2554 information in a Lisp-style fashion and inserts it into a trace output
|
|
|
2555 buffer. Tracing can be done in the background (or silently) so that
|
|
|
2556 generation of trace output won't interfere with what you are currently
|
|
|
2557 doing.
|
|
|
2558 *** utils/tree-menu.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2559 *** utils/uniquify.el
|
|
|
2560 Commentary:
|
|
|
2561
|
|
|
2562 Emacs's standard method for making buffer names unique adds <2>, <3>,
|
|
|
2563 etc. to the end of (all but one of) the buffers. This file replaces
|
|
|
2564 that behavior, for buffers visiting files and dired buffers, with a
|
|
|
2565 uniquification that adds parts of the file name until the buffer names
|
|
|
2566 are unique. For instance, buffers visiting /u/mernst/tmp/Makefile and
|
|
|
2567 /usr/projects/zaphod/Makefile would be named Makefile|tmp and
|
|
|
2568 Makefile|zaphod, respectively (instead of Makefile and Makefile<2>).
|
|
|
2569 Other buffer name styles are also available.
|
|
|
2570 *** utils/xbm-button.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2571 *** utils/xpm-button.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2572
|
|
|
2573 ** viper - VI emulator
|
|
|
2574 *** viper/viper-ex.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2575 *** viper/viper-init.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2576 *** viper/viper-keym.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2577 *** viper/viper-macs.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2578 *** viper/viper-mous.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2579 *** viper/viper-util.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2580 *** viper/viper.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2581
|
|
|
2582 ** vm - Mail reader
|
|
|
2583 See the online documentation.
|
|
|
2584
|
|
|
2585 ** vms - Stuff for Emacs under VMS
|
|
|
2586 vms/vms-patch.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2587 *** vms/vmsproc.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2588 *** vms/vmsx.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2589
|
|
|
2590 ** w3 - World Wide Web browser under Emacs
|
|
|
2591 See the online documentation.
|
|
|
2592
|
|
|
2593 ** x11 - X11 specific stuff: compose keys, menubars, toolbar, ...
|
|
|
2594 *** x11/x-compose.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2595 *** x11/x-faces.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2596 *** x11/x-font-menu.el
|
|
|
2597 Commentary:
|
|
|
2598
|
|
|
2599 Creates three menus, "Font", "Size", and "Weight", and puts them on the
|
|
|
2600 "Options" menu. The contents of these menus are the superset of those
|
|
|
2601 properties available on any fonts, but only the intersection of the three
|
|
|
2602 sets is selectable at one time.
|
|
|
2603 *** x11/x-init.el
|
|
|
2604 Commentary:
|
|
|
2605 *** x11/x-iso8859-1.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2606 *** x11/x-menubar.el
|
|
|
2607 Commentary:
|
|
|
2608 *** x11/x-misc.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2609 *** x11/x-mouse.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2610 *** x11/x-scrollbar.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2611 *** x11/x-select.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2612 *** x11/x-toolbar.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2613 *** x11/x-win-sun.el
|
|
|
2614 Commentary:
|
|
|
2615
|
|
|
2616 This file is loaded by x-win.el at run-time when we are sure that XEmacs
|
|
|
2617 is running on the display of a Sun.
|
|
|
2618
|
|
|
2619 The Sun X server (both the MIT and OpenWindows varieties) have extremely
|
|
|
2620 stupid names for their keypad and function keys. For example, the key
|
|
|
2621 labeled 3 / PgDn, with R15 written on the front, is actually called F35.
|
|
|
2622 *** x11/x-win-xfree86.el Can't find any Commentary section
|
|
|
2623
|
|
|
2624
|
|
|
2625 * What Changed
|
|
0
|
2626 ===================
|
|
|
2627
|
|
|
2628
|
|
42
|
2629 ** Differences between XEmacs and GNU Emacs 19
|
|
0
|
2630 ==================================================
|
|
|
2631
|
|
|
2632 In XEmacs, events are first-class objects. FSF 19 represents them as
|
|
|
2633 integers, which obscures the differences between a key gesture and the
|
|
|
2634 ancient ASCII code used to represent a particular overlapping subset of them.
|
|
|
2635
|
|
|
2636 In XEmacs, keymaps are first-class opaque objects. FSF 19 represents them as
|
|
|
2637 complicated combinations of association lists and vectors. If you use the
|
|
|
2638 advertised functional interface to manipulation of keymaps, the same code
|
|
42
|
2639 will work in XEmacs, Emacs 18, and GNU Emacs 19; if your code depends
|
|
0
|
2640 on the underlying implementation of keymaps, it will not.
|
|
|
2641
|
|
|
2642 XEmacs uses "extents" to represent all non-textual aspects of buffers;
|
|
|
2643 FSF 19 uses two distinct objects, "text properties" and "overlays",
|
|
|
2644 which divide up the functionality between them. Extents are a
|
|
|
2645 superset of the functionality of the two FSF data types. The full FSF
|
|
|
2646 19 interface to text properties is supported in XEmacs (with extents
|
|
|
2647 being the underlying representation).
|
|
|
2648
|
|
|
2649 Extents can be made to be copied into strings, and thus restored by kill
|
|
|
2650 and yank. Thus, one can specify this behavior on either "extents" or
|
|
|
2651 "text properties", whereas in FSF 19 text properties always have this
|
|
|
2652 behavior and overlays never do.
|
|
|
2653
|
|
|
2654 Many more packages are provided standard with XEmacs than with FSF 19.
|
|
|
2655
|
|
|
2656 Pixmaps of arbitrary size can be embedded in a buffer.
|
|
|
2657
|
|
|
2658 Variable width fonts work.
|
|
|
2659
|
|
|
2660 The height of a line is the height of the tallest font on that line, instead
|
|
|
2661 of all lines having the same height.
|
|
|
2662
|
|
|
2663 XEmacs uses the MIT "Xt" toolkit instead of raw Xlib calls, which
|
|
|
2664 makes it be a more well-behaved X citizen (and also improves
|
|
|
2665 portability). A result of this is that it is possible to include
|
|
|
2666 other Xt "Widgets" in the XEmacs window. Also, XEmacs understands the
|
|
|
2667 standard Xt command-line arguments.
|
|
|
2668
|
|
|
2669 XEmacs provides support for ToolTalk on systems that have it.
|
|
|
2670
|
|
|
2671 XEmacs can ask questions using popup dialog boxes. Any command executed from
|
|
|
2672 a menu will ask yes/no questions with dialog boxes, while commands executed
|
|
|
2673 via the keyboard will use the minibuffer.
|
|
|
2674
|
|
|
2675 XEmacs has a built-in toolbar. Four toolbars can actually be configured:
|
|
|
2676 top, bottom, left, and right toolbars.
|
|
|
2677
|
|
|
2678 XEmacs has vertical and horizontal scrollbars. Unlike in FSF 19 (which
|
|
|
2679 provides a primitive form of vertical scrollbar), these are true toolkit
|
|
|
2680 scrollbars. A look-alike Motif scrollbar is provided for those who
|
|
|
2681 don't have Motif. (Even for those who do, the look-alike may be preferable
|
|
|
2682 as it is faster.)
|
|
|
2683
|
|
46
|
2684 If you're running on a machine with audio hardware, you can specify sound
|
|
0
|
2685 files for XEmacs to play instead of the default X beep. See the documentation
|
|
|
2686 of the function load-sound-file and the variable sound-alist.
|
|
|
2687
|
|
|
2688 An XEmacs frame can be placed within an "external client widget" managed by
|
|
|
2689 another application. This allows an application to use an XEmacs frame as its
|
|
|
2690 text pane rather than the standard Text widget that is provided with Motif or
|
|
|
2691 Athena. XEmacs supports Motif applications, generic Xt (e.g. Athena)
|
|
|
2692 applications, and raw Xlib applications.
|
|
|
2693
|
|
|
2694 Here are some more specifics about the XEmacs implementation:
|
|
|
2695
|
|
|
2696 *** The Input Model
|
|
|
2697 -------------------
|
|
|
2698
|
|
|
2699 The fundamental unit of input is an "event" instead of a character. An
|
|
|
2700 event is a new data type that contains several pieces of information.
|
|
|
2701 There are several kinds of event, and corresponding accessor and utility
|
|
|
2702 functions. We tried to abstract them so that they would apply equally
|
|
|
2703 well to a number of window systems.
|
|
|
2704
|
|
|
2705 NOTE: All timestamps are measured as milliseconds since Emacs started.
|
|
|
2706
|
|
46
|
2707 key_press_event
|
|
|
2708 event_channel A token representing which keyboard generated it.
|
|
|
2709 For this kind of event, this is a frame object.
|
|
|
2710 (This is for eventual support of multiple displays.)
|
|
|
2711 timestamp When it happened
|
|
|
2712 key What keysym this is; an integer or a symbol.
|
|
|
2713 If this is an integer, it will be in the printing
|
|
|
2714 ASCII range: >32 and <127.
|
|
|
2715 modifiers Bucky-bits on that key: control, meta, etc.
|
|
|
2716 For most keys, Shift is not a bit; that is implicit
|
|
|
2717 in the keyboard layout.
|
|
0
|
2718
|
|
|
2719 button_press_event
|
|
|
2720 button_release_event
|
|
46
|
2721 event_channel A token representing which mouse generated it.
|
|
|
2722 For this kind of event, this is a frame object.
|
|
|
2723 timestamp When it happened
|
|
|
2724 button What button went down or up.
|
|
|
2725 modifiers Bucky-bits on that button: shift, control, meta, etc.
|
|
|
2726 x, y Where it was at the button-state-change (in pixels).
|
|
0
|
2727
|
|
|
2728 pointer_motion_event
|
|
46
|
2729 event_channel A token representing which mouse generated it.
|
|
|
2730 For this kind of event, this is a frame object.
|
|
|
2731 timestamp When it happened
|
|
|
2732 x, y Where it was after it moved (in pixels).
|
|
|
2733 modifiers Bucky-bits down when the motion was detected.
|
|
|
2734 (Possibly not all window systems will provide this?)
|
|
0
|
2735
|
|
|
2736 process_event
|
|
46
|
2737 timestamp When it happened
|
|
|
2738 process the emacs "process" object in question
|
|
0
|
2739
|
|
|
2740 timeout_event
|
|
46
|
2741 timestamp Now (really, when the timeout was signaled)
|
|
|
2742 interval_id The ID returned when the associated call to
|
|
|
2743 add_timeout_cb() was made
|
|
|
2744 ------ the rest of the fields are filled in by Emacs -----
|
|
|
2745 id_number The Emacs timeout ID for this timeout (more
|
|
|
2746 than one timeout event can have the same value
|
|
|
2747 here, since Emacs timeouts, as opposed to
|
|
|
2748 add_timeout_cb() timeouts, can resignal
|
|
|
2749 themselves)
|
|
|
2750 function An elisp function to call when this timeout is
|
|
|
2751 processed.
|
|
|
2752 object The object passed to that function.
|
|
0
|
2753
|
|
|
2754 eval_event
|
|
46
|
2755 timestamp When it happened
|
|
|
2756 function An elisp function to call with this event object.
|
|
|
2757 object Anything.
|
|
|
2758 This kind of event is used internally; sometimes the
|
|
|
2759 window system interface would like to inform emacs of
|
|
|
2760 some user action (such as focusing on another frame)
|
|
|
2761 but needs that to happen synchronously with the other
|
|
|
2762 user input, like keypresses. This is useful when
|
|
|
2763 events are reported through callbacks rather
|
|
|
2764 than in the standard event stream.
|
|
0
|
2765
|
|
|
2766 misc_user_event
|
|
46
|
2767 timestamp When it happened
|
|
|
2768 function An elisp function to call with this event object.
|
|
|
2769 object Anything.
|
|
|
2770 This is similar to an eval_event, except that it is
|
|
|
2771 generated by user actions: selections in the
|
|
|
2772 menubar or scrollbar actions. It is a "command"
|
|
|
2773 event, like key and mouse presses (and unlike mouse
|
|
|
2774 motion, process output, and enter and leave window
|
|
|
2775 hooks). In many ways, eval_events are not the same
|
|
|
2776 as keypresses or misc_user_events.
|
|
0
|
2777
|
|
|
2778 magic_event
|
|
46
|
2779 No user-serviceable parts within. This is for things
|
|
|
2780 like KeymapNotify and ExposeRegion events and so on
|
|
|
2781 that emacs itself doesn't care about, but which it
|
|
|
2782 must do something with for proper interaction with
|
|
|
2783 the window system.
|
|
|
2784
|
|
|
2785 Magic_events are handled somewhat asynchronously, just
|
|
|
2786 like subprocess filters. However, occasionally a
|
|
|
2787 magic_event needs to be handled synchronously; in that
|
|
|
2788 case, the asynchronous handling of the magic_event will
|
|
|
2789 push an eval_event back onto the queue, which will be
|
|
|
2790 handled synchronously later. This is one of the
|
|
|
2791 reasons why eval_events exist; I'm not entirely happy
|
|
|
2792 with this aspect of this event model.
|
|
|
2793
|
|
|
2794
|
|
|
2795 The function `next-event' blocks and returns one of the above-described
|
|
0
|
2796 event objects. The function `dispatch-event' takes an event and processes
|
|
|
2797 it in the appropriate way.
|
|
|
2798
|
|
|
2799 For a process-event, dispatch-event calls the process's handler; for a
|
|
|
2800 mouse-motion event, the mouse-motion-handler hook is called, and so on.
|
|
|
2801 For magic-events, dispatch-event does window-system-dependent things,
|
|
|
2802 including calling some non-window-system-dependent hooks: map-frame-hook,
|
|
|
2803 unmap-frame-hook, mouse-enter-frame-hook, and mouse-leave-frame-hook.
|
|
|
2804
|
|
|
2805 The function `next-command-event' calls `next-event' until it gets a key or
|
|
|
2806 button from the user (that is, not a process, motion, timeout, or magic
|
|
|
2807 event). If it gets an event that is not a key or button, it calls
|
|
|
2808 `dispatch-event' on it immediately and reads another one. The
|
|
|
2809 next-command-event function could be implemented in Emacs Lisp, though it
|
|
|
2810 isn't. Generally one should call `next-command-event' instead of
|
|
|
2811 `next-event'.
|
|
|
2812
|
|
|
2813 read-char calls next-command-event; if it doesn't get an event that can be
|
|
|
2814 converted to an ASCII character, it signals an error. Otherwise it returns
|
|
|
2815 an integer.
|
|
|
2816
|
|
|
2817 The variable `last-command-char' always contains an integer, or nil (if the
|
|
|
2818 last read event has no ASCII equivalent, as when it is a mouse-click or a
|
|
|
2819 non-ASCII character chord.)
|
|
|
2820
|
|
|
2821 The new variable `last-command-event' holds an event object, that could be
|
|
|
2822 a non-ASCII character, a button click, a menu selection, etc.
|
|
|
2823
|
|
|
2824 The variable `unread-command-char' no longer exists, and has been replaced
|
|
|
2825 by `unread-command-events'. With the new event model, it is incorrect for
|
|
|
2826 code to do (setq unread-command-char (read-char)), because all user-input
|
|
46
|
2827 can't be represented as ASCII characters. *** This is an incompatible
|
|
0
|
2828 change. Code which sets `unread-command-char' must be updated to use the
|
|
|
2829 combination of `next-command-event' and `unread-command-events' instead.
|
|
|
2830
|
|
|
2831 The functions `this-command-keys' and `recent-keys' return a vector of
|
|
|
2832 event objects, instead of a string of ASCII characters. *** This also
|
|
|
2833 is an incompatible change.
|
|
|
2834
|
|
|
2835 Almost nothing happens at interrupt level; the SIGIO handler simply sets a
|
|
|
2836 flag, and later, the X event queue is scanned for KeyPress events which map
|
|
|
2837 to ^G. All redisplay happens in the main thread of the process.
|
|
|
2838
|
|
|
2839
|
|
|
2840 *** Keymaps
|
|
|
2841 -----------
|
|
|
2842
|
|
|
2843 Instead of keymaps being alists or obarrays, they are a new primary data
|
|
|
2844 type. The only user access to the contents of a keymap is through the
|
|
|
2845 existing keymap-manipulation functions, and a new function, map-keymap.
|
|
46
|
2846 This means that existing code that manipulates keymaps may need to
|
|
0
|
2847 be changed.
|
|
|
2848
|
|
|
2849 One of our goals with the new input and keymap code was to make more
|
|
|
2850 character combinations available for binding, besides just ASCII and
|
|
46
|
2851 function keys. We want to be able bind different commands to Control-a
|
|
0
|
2852 and Control-Shift-a; we also want it to be possible for the keys Control-h
|
|
|
2853 and Backspace (and Control-M and Return, and Control-I and Tab, etc) to
|
|
|
2854 be distinct.
|
|
|
2855
|
|
|
2856 One of the most common complaints that new Emacs users have is that backspace
|
|
|
2857 is help. The answer is to play around with the keyboard-translate-table, or
|
|
|
2858 be lucky enough to have a system administrator who has done this for you
|
|
|
2859 already; but if it were possible to bind backspace and C-h to different
|
|
|
2860 things, then (under a window manager at least) both backspace and delete
|
|
46
|
2861 would delete a character, and ^H would be help. There's no need to deal
|
|
0
|
2862 with xmodmap, kbd-translate-table, etc.
|
|
|
2863
|
|
46
|
2864 Here are some more examples: suppose you want to bind one function to Tab,
|
|
0
|
2865 and another to Control-Tab. This can't be done if Tab and Control-I are the
|
|
|
2866 same thing. What about control keys that have no ASCII equivalent, like
|
|
|
2867 Control-< ? One might want that to be bound to set-mark-at-point-min. We
|
|
|
2868 want M-C-Backspace to be kill-backward-sexp. But we want M-Backspace to be
|
|
|
2869 kill-backward-word. Again, this can't be done if Backspace and C-h are
|
|
|
2870 indistinguishable.
|
|
|
2871
|
|
|
2872 The user represents keys as a string of ASCII characters (when possible and
|
|
46
|
2873 convenient), or as a vector of event objects, or as a vector of "key
|
|
|
2874 description lists", that looks like (control a), or (control meta delete)
|
|
0
|
2875 or (shift f1). The order of the modifier-names is not significant, so
|
|
|
2876 (meta control x) and (control meta x) are the same.
|
|
|
2877
|
|
|
2878 `define-key' knows how to take any of the above representations and store them
|
|
|
2879 into a keymap. When Emacs wants to return a key sequence (this-command-keys,
|
|
|
2880 recent-keys, keyboard-macros, and read-key-sequence, for example) it returns
|
|
|
2881 a vector of event objects. Keyboard macros can also be represented as ASCII
|
|
46
|
2882 strings or as vectors of key description lists.
|
|
0
|
2883
|
|
|
2884 This is an incompatible change: code which calls `this-command-keys',
|
|
|
2885 `recent-keys', `read-key-sequence', or manipulates keyboard-macros probably
|
|
|
2886 needs to be changed so that it no longer assumes that the returned value is a
|
|
|
2887 string.
|
|
|
2888
|
|
|
2889 Control-Shift-a is specified as (control A), not (control shift a), since A
|
|
|
2890 is a two-case character. But for keys that don't have an upper case
|
|
|
2891 version, like F1, Backspace, and Escape, you use the (shift backspace) syntax.
|
|
|
2892
|
|
|
2893 See the doc string for our version of define-key, reproduced below in the
|
|
|
2894 `Changed Functions' section. Note that when the KEYS argument is a string,
|
|
|
2895 it has the same semantics as the v18 define-key.
|
|
|
2896
|
|
|
2897
|
|
|
2898 *** Xt Integration
|
|
|
2899 ------------------
|
|
|
2900
|
|
|
2901 The heart of the event loop is implemented in terms of the Xt event functions
|
|
|
2902 (specifically XtAppProcessEvent), and uses Xt's concept of timeouts and
|
|
|
2903 file-descriptor callbacks, eliminating a large amount of system-dependent code
|
|
|
2904 (Xt does it for you.)
|
|
|
2905
|
|
|
2906 If Emacs is compiled with support for X, it uses the Xt event loop even when
|
|
|
2907 Emacs is not running on an X display (the Xt event loop supports this). This
|
|
|
2908 makes it possible to run Emacs on a dumb TTY, and later connect it to one or
|
|
|
2909 more X servers. It should also be possible to later connect an existing Emacs
|
|
|
2910 process to additional TTY's, although this code is still experimental. (Our
|
|
|
2911 intent at this point is not to have an Emacs that is being used by multiple
|
|
|
2912 people at the same time: it is to make it possible for someone to go home, log
|
|
|
2913 in on a dialup line, and connect to the same Emacs process that is running
|
|
|
2914 under X in their office without having to recreate their buffer state and so
|
|
|
2915 on.)
|
|
|
2916
|
|
|
2917 If Emacs is not compiled with support for X, then it instead uses more general
|
|
|
2918 code, something like what v18 does; but this way of doing things is a lot more
|
|
|
2919 modular.
|
|
|
2920
|
|
|
2921 (Linking Emacs with Xt seems to only add about 300k to the executable size,
|
|
|
2922 compared with an Emacs linked with Xlib only.)
|
|
|
2923
|
|
|
2924
|
|
|
2925 *** Region Highlighting
|
|
|
2926 -----------------------
|
|
|
2927
|
|
|
2928 If the variable `zmacs-regions' is true, then the region between point and
|
|
|
2929 mark will be highlighted when "active". Those commands which push a mark
|
|
|
2930 (such as C-SPC, and C-x C-x) make the region become "active" and thus
|
|
|
2931 highlighted. Most commands (all non-motion commands, basically) cause it to
|
|
|
2932 become non-highlighted (non-"active"). Commands that operate on the region
|
|
|
2933 (such as C-w, C-x C-l, etc.) only work if the region is in the highlighted
|
|
|
2934 state.
|
|
|
2935
|
|
|
2936 zmacs-activate-region-hook and zmacs-deactivate-region-hook are run at the
|
|
|
2937 appropriate times; under X, zmacs-activate-region-hook makes the X selection
|
|
|
2938 be the region between point and mark, thus doing two things at once: making
|
|
|
2939 the region and the X selection be the same; and making the region highlight
|
|
|
2940 in the same way as the X selection.
|
|
|
2941
|
|
|
2942 If `zmacs-regions' is true, then the `mark-marker' command returns nil unless
|
|
|
2943 the region is currently in the active (highlighted) state. With an argument
|
|
|
2944 of t, this returns the mark (if there is one) regardless of the active-region
|
|
|
2945 state. You should *generally* not use the mark unless the region is active,
|
|
|
2946 if the user has expressed a preference for the active-region model. Watch
|
|
|
2947 out! Moving this marker changes the mark position. If you set the marker not
|
|
|
2948 to point anywhere, the buffer will have no mark.
|
|
|
2949
|
|
|
2950 In this way, the primary selection is a fairly transitory entity; but
|
|
|
2951 when something is copied to the kill ring, it is made the Clipboard
|
|
|
2952 selection. It is also stored into CUT_BUFFER0, for compatibility with
|
|
|
2953 X applications that don't understand selections (like Emacs18).
|
|
|
2954
|
|
|
2955 Compatibility note: if you have code which uses (mark) or (mark-marker),
|
|
|
2956 then you need to either: change those calls to (mark t) or (mark-marker t);
|
|
|
2957 or simply bind `zmacs-regions' to nil around the call to mark or mark-marker.
|
|
|
2958 This is probably the best solution, since it will work in Emacs 18 as well.
|
|
|
2959
|
|
|
2960
|
|
|
2961 *** Menubars and Dialog Boxes
|
|
|
2962 -----------------------------
|
|
|
2963
|
|
|
2964 Here is an example of a menubar definition:
|
|
|
2965
|
|
|
2966 (defvar default-menubar
|
|
|
2967 '(("File" ["Open File..." find-file t]
|
|
|
2968 ["Save Buffer" save-buffer t]
|
|
|
2969 ["Save Buffer As..." write-file t]
|
|
|
2970 ["Revert Buffer" revert-buffer t]
|
|
|
2971 "-----"
|
|
|
2972 ["Print Buffer" lpr-buffer t]
|
|
|
2973 "-----"
|
|
|
2974 ["Delete Frame" delete-frame t]
|
|
|
2975 ["Kill Buffer..." kill-buffer t]
|
|
|
2976 ["Exit Emacs" save-buffers-kill-emacs t]
|
|
|
2977 )
|
|
|
2978 ("Edit" ["Undo" advertised-undo t]
|
|
|
2979 ["Cut" kill-primary-selection t]
|
|
|
2980 ["Copy" copy-primary-selection t]
|
|
|
2981 ["Paste" yank-clipboard-selection t]
|
|
|
2982 ["Clear" delete-primary-selection t]
|
|
|
2983 )
|
|
|
2984 ...))
|
|
|
2985
|
|
|
2986 The first element of each menu item is the string to print on the menu.
|
|
|
2987
|
|
|
2988 The second element is the callback function; if it is a symbol, it is
|
|
|
2989 invoked with `call-interactively.' If it is a list, it is invoked with
|
|
46
|
2990 `eval'.
|
|
0
|
2991
|
|
|
2992 If the second element is a symbol, then the menu also displays the key that
|
|
|
2993 is bound to that command (if any).
|
|
|
2994
|
|
|
2995 The third element of the menu items determines whether the item is selectable.
|
|
|
2996 It may be t, nil, or a form to evaluate. Also, a hook is run just before a
|
|
46
|
2997 menu is exposed, which can be used to change the value of these slots.
|
|
0
|
2998 For example, there is a hook that makes the "undo" menu item be selectable
|
|
46
|
2999 only in the cases when `advertised-undo' would not signal an error.
|
|
0
|
3000
|
|
|
3001 Menus may have other menus nested within them; they will cascade.
|
|
|
3002
|
|
|
3003 There are utility functions for adding items to menus, deleting items,
|
|
|
3004 disabling them, etc.
|
|
|
3005
|
|
46
|
3006 The function `popup-menu' takes a menu description and pops it up.
|
|
|
3007
|
|
|
3008 The function `popup-dialog-box' takes a dialog-box description and pops
|
|
0
|
3009 it up. Dialog box descriptions look a lot like menu descriptions.
|
|
|
3010
|
|
46
|
3011 The menubar, menu, and dialog-box code is implemented as a library,
|
|
|
3012 with an interface which hides the toolkit that implements it.
|
|
0
|
3013
|
|
|
3014
|
|
|
3015 *** Isearch Changes
|
|
|
3016 -------------------
|
|
|
3017
|
|
|
3018 Isearch has been reimplemented in a different way, adding some new features,
|
|
|
3019 and causing a few incompatible changes.
|
|
|
3020
|
|
|
3021 - the old isearch-*-char variables are no longer supported. In the old
|
|
|
3022 system, one could make ^A mean "repeat the search" by doing something
|
|
46
|
3023 like (setq search-repeat-char ?C-a). In the new system, this is
|
|
|
3024 accomplished with
|
|
0
|
3025
|
|
|
3026 (define-key isearch-mode-map "\C-a" 'isearch-repeat-forward)
|
|
|
3027
|
|
|
3028 - The advantage of using the normal keymap mechanism for this is that you
|
|
|
3029 can bind more than one key to an isearch command: for example, both C-a
|
|
|
3030 and C-s could do the same thing inside isearch mode. You can also bind
|
|
|
3031 multi-key sequences inside of isearch mode, and bind non-ASCII keys.
|
|
|
3032 For example, to use the F1 key to terminate a search:
|
|
|
3033
|
|
|
3034 (define-key isearch-mode-map 'f1 'isearch-exit)
|
|
|
3035
|
|
|
3036 or to make ``C-c C-c'' terminate a search:
|
|
|
3037
|
|
|
3038 (define-key isearch-mode-map "\C-c\C-c" 'isearch-exit)
|
|
|
3039
|
|
|
3040 - If isearch is behaving case-insensitively (the default) and you type an
|
|
|
3041 upper case character, then the search will become case-sensitive. This
|
|
|
3042 can be disabled by setting `search-caps-disable-folding' to nil.
|
|
|
3043
|
|
|
3044 - There is a history ring of the strings previously searched for; typing
|
|
|
3045 M-p or M-n while searching will cycle through this ring. Typing M-TAB
|
|
|
3046 will do completion across the set of items in the history ring.
|
|
|
3047
|
|
|
3048 - The ESC key is no longer used to terminate an incremental search. The
|
|
|
3049 RET key should be used instead. This change is necessary for it to be
|
|
|
3050 possible to bind "meta" characters to isearch commands.
|
|
|
3051
|
|
|
3052
|
|
|
3053 *** Startup Code Changes
|
|
|
3054 ------------------------
|
|
|
3055
|
|
|
3056 The initial X frame is mapped before the user's .emacs file is executed.
|
|
|
3057 Without this, there is no way for the user to see any error messages
|
|
|
3058 generated by their .emacs file, any windows created by the .emacs file
|
|
|
3059 don't show up, and the copyleft notice isn't shown.
|
|
|
3060
|
|
|
3061 The default values for load-path, exec-path, lock-directory, and
|
|
|
3062 Info-directory-list are not (necessarily) built into Emacs, but are
|
|
46
|
3063 computed at startup time.
|
|
0
|
3064
|
|
|
3065 First, Emacs looks at the directory in which its executable file resides:
|
|
|
3066
|
|
|
3067 o If that directory contains subdirectories named "lisp" and "lib-src",
|
|
|
3068 then those directories are used as the lisp library and exec directory.
|
|
|
3069
|
|
|
3070 o If the parent of the directory in which the emacs executable is located
|
|
|
3071 contains "lisp" and "lib-src" subdirectories, then those are used.
|
|
|
3072
|
|
|
3073 o If ../lib/xemacs-<version> (starting from the directory in which the
|
|
|
3074 emacs executable is located) contains a "lisp" subdirectory and either
|
|
|
3075 a "lib-src" subdirectory or a <configuration-name> subdirectory, then
|
|
|
3076 those are used.
|
|
|
3077
|
|
|
3078 o If the emacs executable that was run is a symbolic link, then the link
|
|
|
3079 is chased, and the resultant directory is checked as above.
|
|
|
3080
|
|
|
3081 (Actually, it doesn't just look for "lisp/", it looks for "lisp/prim/",
|
|
|
3082 which reduces the chances of a false positive.)
|
|
|
3083
|
|
|
3084 If the lisp directory contains subdirectories, they are added to the default
|
|
|
3085 load-path as well. If the site-lisp directory exists and contains
|
|
|
3086 subdirectories, they are then added. Subdirectories whose names begin with
|
|
|
3087 a dot or a hyphen are not added to the load-path.
|
|
|
3088
|
|
|
3089 These heuristics fail if the Emacs binary was copied from the main Emacs
|
|
|
3090 tree to some other directory, and links for the lisp directory were not put
|
|
|
3091 in. This isn't much of a restriction: either make there be subdirectories
|
|
|
3092 (or symbolic links) of the directory of the emacs executable, or make the
|
|
|
3093 "installed" emacs executable be a symbolic link to an executable in a more
|
|
|
3094 appropriate directory structure. For example, this setup works:
|
|
|
3095
|
|
|
3096 /usr/local/xemacs/xemacs* ; The executable.
|
|
|
3097 /usr/local/xemacs/lisp/ ; The associated directories.
|
|
|
3098 /usr/local/xemacs/etc/ ; Any of the files in this list
|
|
|
3099 /usr/local/xemacs/lock/ ; could be symbolic links as well.
|
|
|
3100 /usr/local/xemacs/info/
|
|
|
3101
|
|
|
3102 As does this:
|
|
|
3103
|
|
|
3104 /usr/local/bin/xemacs -> ../xemacs/src/xemacs-19.14 ; A link...
|
|
|
3105 /usr/local/xemacs/src/xemacs-19.14* ; The executable,
|
|
|
3106 /usr/local/xemacs/lisp/ ; and the rest of
|
|
2
|
3107 /usr/local/xemacs/etc/ ; the source tree
|
|
|
3108 /usr/local/xemacs/lock/
|
|
0
|
3109 /usr/local/xemacs/info/
|
|
|
3110
|
|
|
3111 This configuration might be used for a multi-architecture installation; assume
|
|
46
|
3112 that $LOCAL refers to a directory which contains only files specific to a
|
|
|
3113 particular architecture (i.e., executables) and $SHARED refers to those files
|
|
0
|
3114 which are not machine specific (i.e., lisp code and documentation.)
|
|
|
3115
|
|
|
3116 $LOCAL/bin/xemacs@ -> $LOCAL/xemacs-19.14/xemacs*
|
|
|
3117 $LOCAL/xemacs-19.14/lisp@ -> $SHARED/xemacs-19.14/lisp/
|
|
|
3118 $LOCAL/xemacs-19.14/etc@ -> $SHARED/xemacs-19.14/etc/
|
|
|
3119 $LOCAL/xemacs-19.14/info@ -> $SHARED/xemacs-19.14/info/
|
|
|
3120
|
|
|
3121 The following would also work, but the above is probably more attractive:
|
|
|
3122
|
|
|
3123 $LOCAL/bin/xemacs*
|
|
|
3124 $LOCAL/bin/lisp@ -> $SHARED/xemacs-19.14/lisp/
|
|
|
3125 $LOCAL/bin/etc@ -> $SHARED/xemacs-19.14/etc/
|
|
|
3126 $LOCAL/bin/info@ -> $SHARED/xemacs-19.14/info/
|
|
|
3127
|
|
|
3128 If Emacs can't find the requisite directories, it writes a message like this
|
|
|
3129 (or some appropriate subset of it) to stderr:
|
|
|
3130
|
|
|
3131 WARNING:
|
|
|
3132 couldn't find an obvious default for load-path, exec-directory, and
|
|
|
3133 lock-directory, and there were no defaults specified in paths.h when
|
|
|
3134 Emacs was built. Perhaps some directories don't exist, or the Emacs
|
|
|
3135 executable, /cadillac-th/jwz/somewhere/xemacs is in a strange place?
|
|
|
3136
|
|
|
3137 Without both exec-directory and load-path, Emacs will be very broken.
|
|
|
3138 Consider making a symbolic link from /cadillac-th/jwz/somewhere/etc
|
|
|
3139 to wherever the appropriate Emacs etc/ directory is, and from
|
|
|
3140 /cadillac-th/jwz/somewhere/lisp/ to wherever the appropriate Emacs
|
|
|
3141 lisp library is.
|
|
|
3142
|
|
|
3143 Without lock-directory set, file locking won't work. Consider
|
|
|
3144 creating /cadillac-th/jwz/somewhere/lock as a directory or symbolic
|
|
|
3145 link for use as the lock directory.
|
|
|
3146
|
|
|
3147 The default installation tree is the following:
|
|
|
3148
|
|
|
3149 /usr/local/bin/b2m ;
|
|
|
3150 ctags ; executables that
|
|
|
3151 emacsclient ; should be in
|
|
|
3152 etags ; user's path
|
|
|
3153 xemacs -> xemacs-<version> ;
|
|
|
3154 xemacs ;
|
|
|
3155 /usr/local/lib/xemacs/site-lisp
|
|
|
3156 /usr/local/lib/xemacs/lock
|
|
|
3157 /usr/local/lib/xemacs-<version>/etc ; architecture ind. files
|
|
|
3158 /usr/local/lib/xemacs-<version>/info
|
|
|
3159 /usr/local/lib/xemacs-<version>/lisp
|
|
|
3160 /usr/local/lib/xemacs-<version>/<configuration> ; binaries emacs may run
|
|
|
3161
|
|
|
3162
|
|
|
3163 *** X Resources
|
|
|
3164 ---------------
|
|
|
3165
|
|
|
3166 (Note: This section is copied verbatim from the XEmacs Reference Manual.)
|
|
|
3167
|
|
|
3168 The Emacs resources are generally set per-frame. Each Emacs frame
|
|
|
3169 can have its own name or the same name as another, depending on the
|
|
|
3170 name passed to the `make-frame' function.
|
|
|
3171
|
|
|
3172 You can specify resources for all frames with the syntax:
|
|
|
3173
|
|
|
3174 Emacs*parameter: value
|
|
|
3175
|
|
|
3176 or
|
|
|
3177
|
|
|
3178 Emacs*EmacsFrame.parameter:value
|
|
|
3179
|
|
|
3180 You can specify resources for a particular frame with the syntax:
|
|
|
3181
|
|
|
3182 Emacs*FRAME-NAME.parameter: value
|
|
|
3183
|
|
|
3184
|
|
|
3185 **** Geometry Resources
|
|
|
3186 -----------------------
|
|
|
3187
|
|
|
3188 To make the default size of all Emacs frames be 80 columns by 55
|
|
|
3189 lines, do this:
|
|
|
3190
|
|
|
3191 Emacs*EmacsFrame.geometry: 80x55
|
|
|
3192
|
|
|
3193 To set the geometry of a particular frame named `fred', do this:
|
|
|
3194
|
|
|
3195 Emacs*fred.geometry: 80x55
|
|
|
3196
|
|
|
3197 Important! Do not use the following syntax:
|
|
|
3198
|
|
|
3199 Emacs*geometry: 80x55
|
|
|
3200
|
|
|
3201 You should never use `*geometry' with any X application. It does not
|
|
|
3202 say "make the geometry of Emacs be 80 columns by 55 lines." It really
|
|
|
3203 says, "make Emacs and all subwindows thereof be 80x55 in whatever units
|
|
|
3204 they care to measure in." In particular, that is both telling the
|
|
|
3205 Emacs text pane to be 80x55 in characters, and telling the menubar pane
|
|
|
3206 to be 80x55 pixels, which is surely not what you want.
|
|
|
3207
|
|
|
3208 As a special case, this geometry specification also works (and sets
|
|
|
3209 the default size of all Emacs frames to 80 columns by 55 lines):
|
|
|
3210
|
|
|
3211 Emacs.geometry: 80x55
|
|
|
3212
|
|
|
3213 since that is the syntax used with most other applications (since most
|
|
|
3214 other applications have only one top-level window, unlike Emacs). In
|
|
|
3215 general, however, the top-level shell (the unmapped ApplicationShell
|
|
|
3216 widget named `Emacs' that is the parent of the shell widgets that
|
|
|
3217 actually manage the individual frames) does not have any interesting
|
|
|
3218 resources on it, and you should set the resources on the frames instead.
|
|
|
3219
|
|
|
3220 The `-geometry' command-line argument sets only the geometry of the
|
|
|
3221 initial frame created by Emacs.
|
|
|
3222
|
|
|
3223 A more complete explanation of geometry-handling is
|
|
|
3224
|
|
|
3225 * The `-geometry' command-line option sets the `Emacs.geometry'
|
|
|
3226 resource, that is, the geometry of the ApplicationShell.
|
|
|
3227
|
|
|
3228 * For the first frame created, the size of the frame is taken from
|
|
|
3229 the ApplicationShell if it is specified, otherwise from the
|
|
|
3230 geometry of the frame.
|
|
|
3231
|
|
|
3232 * For subsequent frames, the order is reversed: First the frame, and
|
|
|
3233 then the ApplicationShell.
|
|
|
3234
|
|
|
3235 * For the first frame created, the position of the frame is taken
|
|
|
3236 from the ApplicationShell (`Emacs.geometry') if it is specified,
|
|
|
3237 otherwise from the geometry of the frame.
|
|
|
3238
|
|
|
3239 * For subsequent frames, the position is taken only from the frame,
|
|
|
3240 and never from the ApplicationShell.
|
|
|
3241
|
|
|
3242 This is rather complicated, but it does seem to provide the most
|
|
|
3243 intuitive behavior with respect to the default sizes and positions of
|
|
|
3244 frames created in various ways.
|
|
|
3245
|
|
|
3246
|
|
|
3247 **** Iconic Resources
|
|
|
3248 ---------------------
|
|
|
3249
|
|
|
3250 Analogous to `-geometry', the `-iconic' command-line option sets the
|
|
|
3251 iconic flag of the ApplicationShell (`Emacs.iconic') and always applies
|
|
|
3252 to the first frame created regardless of its name. However, it is
|
|
|
3253 possible to set the iconic flag on particular frames (by name) by using
|
|
|
3254 the `Emacs*FRAME-NAME.iconic' resource.
|
|
|
3255
|
|
|
3256
|
|
|
3257 **** Resource List
|
|
|
3258 ------------------
|
|
|
3259
|
|
|
3260 Emacs frames accept the following resources:
|
|
|
3261
|
|
|
3262 `geometry' (class `Geometry'): string
|
|
|
3263 Initial geometry for the frame. *Note Geometry Resources:: for a
|
|
|
3264 complete discussion of how this works.
|
|
|
3265
|
|
|
3266 `iconic' (class `Iconic'): boolean
|
|
|
3267 Whether this frame should appear in the iconified state.
|
|
|
3268
|
|
|
3269 `internalBorderWidth' (class `InternalBorderWidth'): int
|
|
|
3270 How many blank pixels to leave between the text and the edge of the
|
|
|
3271 window.
|
|
|
3272
|
|
|
3273 `interline' (class `Interline'): int
|
|
|
3274 How many pixels to leave between each line (may not be
|
|
|
3275 implemented).
|
|
|
3276
|
|
|
3277 `menubar' (class `Menubar'): boolean
|
|
|
3278 Whether newly-created frames should initially have a menubar. Set
|
|
|
3279 to true by default.
|
|
|
3280
|
|
|
3281 `initiallyUnmapped' (class `InitiallyUnmapped'): boolean
|
|
|
3282 Whether XEmacs should leave the initial frame unmapped when it
|
|
|
3283 starts up. This is useful if you are starting XEmacs as a server
|
|
|
3284 (e.g. in conjunction with gnuserv or the external client widget).
|
|
|
3285 You can also control this with the `-unmapped' command-line option.
|
|
|
3286
|
|
|
3287 `barCursor' (class `BarColor'): boolean
|
|
|
3288 Whether the cursor should be displayed as a bar, or the
|
|
|
3289 traditional box.
|
|
|
3290
|
|
|
3291 `textPointer' (class `Cursor'): cursor-name
|
|
|
3292 The cursor to use when the mouse is over text. This resource is
|
|
|
3293 used to initialize the variable `x-pointer-shape'.
|
|
|
3294
|
|
|
3295 `selectionPointer' (class `Cursor'): cursor-name
|
|
|
3296 The cursor to use when the mouse is over a selectable text region
|
|
|
3297 (an extent with the `highlight' property; for example, an Info
|
|
|
3298 cross-reference). This resource is used to initialize the variable
|
|
|
3299 `x-selection-pointer-shape'.
|
|
|
3300
|
|
|
3301 `spacePointer' (class `Cursor'): cursor-name
|
|
|
3302 The cursor to use when the mouse is over a blank space in a buffer
|
|
|
3303 (that is, after the end of a line or after the end-of-file). This
|
|
|
3304 resource is used to initialize the variable
|
|
|
3305 `x-nontext-pointer-shape'.
|
|
|
3306
|
|
|
3307 `modeLinePointer' (class `Cursor'): cursor-name
|
|
|
3308 The cursor to use when the mouse is over a mode line. This
|
|
|
3309 resource is used to initialize the variable `x-mode-pointer-shape'.
|
|
|
3310
|
|
|
3311 `gcPointer' (class `Cursor'): cursor-name
|
|
|
3312 The cursor to display when a garbage-collection is in progress.
|
|
|
3313 This resource is used to initialize the variable
|
|
|
3314 `x-gc-pointer-shape'.
|
|
|
3315
|
|
|
3316 `scrollbarPointer' (class `Cursor'): cursor-name
|
|
|
3317 The cursor to use when the mouse is over the scrollbar. This
|
|
|
3318 resource is used to initialize the variable
|
|
|
3319 `x-scrollbar-pointer-shape'.
|
|
|
3320
|
|
|
3321 `pointerColor' (class `Foreground'): color-name
|
|
|
3322 `pointerBackground' (class `Background'): color-name
|
|
|
3323 The foreground and background colors of the mouse cursor. These
|
|
|
3324 resources are used to initialize the variables
|
|
|
3325 `x-pointer-foreground-color' and `x-pointer-background-color'.
|
|
|
3326
|
|
|
3327 `scrollBarWidth' (class `ScrollBarWidth'): integer
|
|
|
3328 How wide the vertical scrollbars should be, in pixels; 0 means no
|
|
|
3329 vertical scrollbars. You can also use a resource specification of
|
|
|
3330 the form `*scrollbar.width', or the usual toolkit scrollbar
|
|
|
3331 resources: `*XmScrollBar.width' (Motif), `*XlwScrollBar.width'
|
|
|
3332 (Lucid), or `*Scrollbar.thickness' (Athena). We don't recommend
|
|
|
3333 that you use the toolkit resources, though, because they're
|
|
|
3334 dependent on how exactly your particular build of XEmacs was
|
|
|
3335 configured.
|
|
|
3336
|
|
|
3337 `scrollBarHeight' (class `ScrollBarHeight'): integer
|
|
|
3338 How high the horizontal scrollbars should be, in pixels; 0 means no
|
|
|
3339 horizontal scrollbars. You can also use a resource specification
|
|
|
3340 of the form `*scrollbar.height', or the usual toolkit scrollbar
|
|
|
3341 resources: `*XmScrollBar.height' (Motif), `*XlwScrollBar.height'
|
|
|
3342 (Lucid), or `*Scrollbar.thickness' (Athena). We don't recommend
|
|
|
3343 that you use the toolkit resources, though, because they're
|
|
|
3344 dependent on how exactly your particular build of XEmacs was
|
|
|
3345 configured.
|
|
|
3346
|
|
|
3347 `scrollBarPlacement' (class `ScrollBarPlacement'): string
|
|
|
3348 Where the horizontal and vertical scrollbars should be positioned.
|
|
|
3349 This should be one of the four strings `bottom-left',
|
|
|
3350 `bottom-right', `top-left', and `top-right'. Default is
|
|
|
3351 `bottom-right' for the Motif and Lucid scrollbars and
|
|
|
3352 `bottom-left' for the Athena scrollbars.
|
|
|
3353
|
|
|
3354 `topToolBarHeight' (class `TopToolBarHeight'): integer
|
|
|
3355 `bottomToolBarHeight' (class `BottomToolBarHeight'): integer
|
|
|
3356 `leftToolBarWidth' (class `LeftToolBarWidth'): integer
|
|
|
3357 `rightToolBarWidth' (class `RightToolBarWidth'): integer
|
|
|
3358 Height and width of the four possible toolbars.
|
|
|
3359
|
|
|
3360 `topToolBarShadowColor' (class `TopToolBarShadowColor'): color-name
|
|
|
3361 `bottomToolBarShadowColor' (class `BottomToolBarShadowColor'): color-name
|
|
|
3362 Color of the top and bottom shadows for the toolbars. NOTE: These
|
|
|
3363 resources do *not* have anything to do with the top and bottom
|
|
|
3364 toolbars (i.e. the toolbars at the top and bottom of the frame)!
|
|
|
3365 Rather, they affect the top and bottom shadows around the edges of
|
|
|
3366 all four kinds of toolbars.
|
|
|
3367
|
|
|
3368 `topToolBarShadowPixmap' (class `TopToolBarShadowPixmap'): pixmap-name
|
|
|
3369 `bottomToolBarShadowPixmap' (class `BottomToolBarShadowPixmap'): pixmap-name
|
|
|
3370 Pixmap of the top and bottom shadows for the toolbars. If set,
|
|
|
3371 these resources override the corresponding color resources. NOTE:
|
|
|
3372 These resources do *not* have anything to do with the top and
|
|
|
3373 bottom toolbars (i.e. the toolbars at the top and bottom of the
|
|
|
3374 frame)! Rather, they affect the top and bottom shadows around the
|
|
|
3375 edges of all four kinds of toolbars.
|
|
|
3376
|
|
|
3377 `toolBarShadowThickness' (class `ToolBarShadowThickness'): integer
|
|
|
3378 Thickness of the shadows around the toolbars, in pixels.
|
|
|
3379
|
|
|
3380 `visualBell' (class `VisualBell'): boolean
|
|
|
3381 Whether XEmacs should flash the screen rather than making an
|
|
|
3382 audible beep.
|
|
|
3383
|
|
|
3384 `bellVolume' (class `BellVolume'): integer
|
|
|
3385 Volume of the audible beep.
|
|
|
3386
|
|
|
3387 `useBackingStore' (class `UseBackingStore'): boolean
|
|
|
3388 Whether XEmacs should set the backing-store attribute of the X
|
|
|
3389 windows it creates. This increases the memory usage of the X
|
|
|
3390 server but decreases the amount of X traffic necessary to update
|
|
|
3391 the screen, and is useful when the connection to the X server goes
|
|
|
3392 over a low-bandwidth line such as a modem connection.
|
|
|
3393
|
|
|
3394
|
|
|
3395 **** Face Resources
|
|
|
3396 -------------------
|
|
|
3397
|
|
|
3398 The attributes of faces are also per-frame. They can be specified as:
|
|
|
3399
|
|
|
3400 Emacs.FACE_NAME.parameter: value
|
|
|
3401
|
|
|
3402 (*do not* use `Emacs*FACE_NAME...')
|
|
|
3403
|
|
|
3404 or
|
|
|
3405
|
|
|
3406 Emacs*FRAME_NAME.FACE_NAME.parameter: value
|
|
|
3407
|
|
|
3408 Faces accept the following resources:
|
|
|
3409
|
|
|
3410 `attributeFont' (class `AttributeFont'): font-name
|
|
|
3411 The font of this face.
|
|
|
3412
|
|
|
3413 `attributeForeground' (class `AttributeForeground'): color-name
|
|
|
3414 `attributeBackground' (class `AttributeBackground'): color-name
|
|
|
3415 The foreground and background colors of this face.
|
|
|
3416
|
|
|
3417 `attributeBackgroundPixmap' (class `AttributeBackgroundPixmap'): file-name
|
|
|
3418 The name of an XBM file (or XPM file, if your version of Emacs
|
|
|
3419 supports XPM), to use as a background stipple.
|
|
|
3420
|
|
|
3421 `attributeUnderline' (class `AttributeUnderline'): boolean
|
|
|
3422 Whether text in this face should be underlined.
|
|
|
3423
|
|
|
3424 All text is displayed in some face, defaulting to the face named
|
|
|
3425 `default'. To set the font of normal text, use
|
|
|
3426 `Emacs*default.attributeFont'. To set it in the frame named `fred', use
|
|
|
3427 `Emacs*fred.default.attributeFont'.
|
|
|
3428
|
|
|
3429 These are the names of the predefined faces:
|
|
|
3430
|
|
|
3431 `default'
|
|
|
3432 Everything inherits from this.
|
|
|
3433
|
|
|
3434 `bold'
|
|
|
3435 If this is not specified in the resource database, Emacs tries to
|
|
|
3436 find a bold version of the font of the default face.
|
|
|
3437
|
|
|
3438 `italic'
|
|
|
3439 If this is not specified in the resource database, Emacs tries to
|
|
|
3440 find an italic version of the font of the default face.
|
|
|
3441
|
|
|
3442 `bold-italic'
|
|
|
3443 If this is not specified in the resource database, Emacs tries to
|
|
|
3444 find a bold-italic version of the font of the default face.
|
|
|
3445
|
|
|
3446 `modeline'
|
|
|
3447 This is the face that the modeline is displayed in. If not
|
|
|
3448 specified in the resource database, it is determined from the
|
|
|
3449 default face by reversing the foreground and background colors.
|
|
|
3450
|
|
|
3451 `highlight'
|
|
|
3452 This is the face that highlighted extents (for example, Info
|
|
|
3453 cross-references and possible completions, when the mouse passes
|
|
|
3454 over them) are displayed in.
|
|
|
3455
|
|
|
3456 `left-margin'
|
|
|
3457 `right-margin'
|
|
|
3458 These are the faces that the left and right annotation margins are
|
|
|
3459 displayed in.
|
|
|
3460
|
|
2
|
3461 `zmacs-region'
|
|
0
|
3462 This is the face that mouse selections are displayed in.
|
|
|
3463
|
|
|
3464 `text-cursor'
|
|
|
3465 This is the face that the cursor is displayed in.
|
|
|
3466
|
|
|
3467 `isearch'
|
|
|
3468 This is the face that the matched text being searched for is
|
|
|
3469 displayed in.
|
|
|
3470
|
|
|
3471 `info-node'
|
|
|
3472 This is the face of info menu items. If unspecified, it is copied
|
|
|
3473 from `bold-italic'.
|
|
|
3474
|
|
|
3475 `info-xref'
|
|
|
3476 This is the face of info cross-references. If unspecified, it is
|
|
|
3477 copied from `bold'. (Note that, when the mouse passes over a
|
|
|
3478 cross-reference, the cross-reference's face is determined from a
|
|
|
3479 combination of the `info-xref' and `highlight' faces.)
|
|
|
3480
|
|
|
3481 Other packages might define their own faces; to see a list of all
|
|
|
3482 faces, use any of the interactive face-manipulation commands such as
|
|
|
3483 `set-face-font' and type `?' when you are prompted for the name of a
|
|
|
3484 face.
|
|
|
3485
|
|
|
3486 If the `bold', `italic', and `bold-italic' faces are not specified
|
|
|
3487 in the resource database, then XEmacs attempts to derive them from the
|
|
|
3488 font of the default face. It can only succeed at this if you have
|
|
|
3489 specified the default font using the XLFD (X Logical Font Description)
|
|
|
3490 format, which looks like
|
|
|
3491
|
|
|
3492 *-courier-medium-r-*-*-*-120-*-*-*-*-*-*
|
|
|
3493
|
|
|
3494 If you use any of the other, less strict font name formats, some of
|
|
|
3495 which look like
|
|
|
3496
|
|
|
3497 lucidasanstypewriter-12
|
|
|
3498 fixed
|
|
|
3499 9x13
|
|
|
3500
|
|
|
3501 then XEmacs won't be able to guess the names of the bold and italic
|
|
|
3502 versions. All X fonts can be referred to via XLFD-style names, so you
|
|
|
3503 should use those forms. See the man pages for `X(1)', `xlsfonts(1)',
|
|
|
3504 and `xfontsel(1)'.
|
|
|
3505
|
|
|
3506
|
|
|
3507 **** Widgets
|
|
|
3508 ------------
|
|
|
3509
|
|
|
3510 There are several structural widgets between the terminal EmacsFrame
|
|
|
3511 widget and the top level ApplicationShell; the exact names and types of
|
|
|
3512 these widgets change from release to release (for example, they changed
|
|
|
3513 in 19.9, 19.10, 19.12, and 19.13) and are subject to further change in
|
|
|
3514 the future, so you should avoid mentioning them in your resource database.
|
|
|
3515 The above-mentioned syntaxes should be forward-compatible. As of 19.14,
|
|
|
3516 the exact widget hierarchy is as follows:
|
|
|
3517
|
|
|
3518 INVOCATION-NAME "shell" "container" FRAME-NAME
|
|
|
3519 x-emacs-application-class "TopLevelEmacsShell" "EmacsManager" "EmacsFrame"
|
|
|
3520
|
|
|
3521 (for normal frames)
|
|
|
3522
|
|
|
3523 or
|
|
|
3524
|
|
|
3525 INVOCATION-NAME "shell" "container" FRAME-NAME
|
|
|
3526 x-emacs-application-class "TransientEmacsShell" "EmacsManager" "EmacsFrame"
|
|
|
3527
|
|
|
3528 (for popup/dialog-box frames)
|
|
|
3529
|
|
|
3530 where INVOCATION-NAME is the terminal component of the name of the
|
|
|
3531 XEmacs executable (usually `xemacs'), and `x-emacs-application-class'
|
|
|
3532 is generally `Emacs'.
|
|
|
3533
|
|
|
3534
|
|
|
3535 **** Menubar Resources
|
|
|
3536 ----------------------
|
|
|
3537
|
|
|
3538 As the menubar is implemented as a widget which is not a part of
|
|
|
3539 XEmacs proper, it does not use the face mechanism for specifying fonts
|
|
|
3540 and colors: It uses whatever resources are appropriate to the type of
|
|
|
3541 widget which is used to implement it.
|
|
|
3542
|
|
|
3543 If Emacs was compiled to use only the Motif-lookalike menu widgets,
|
|
|
3544 then one way to specify the font of the menubar would be
|
|
|
3545
|
|
|
3546 Emacs*menubar*font: *-courier-medium-r-*-*-*-120-*-*-*-*-*-*
|
|
|
3547
|
|
|
3548 If the Motif library is being used, then one would have to use
|
|
|
3549
|
|
|
3550 Emacs*menubar*fontList: *-courier-medium-r-*-*-*-120-*-*-*-*-*-*
|
|
|
3551
|
|
|
3552 because the Motif library uses the `fontList' resource name instead
|
|
|
3553 of `font', which has subtly different semantics.
|
|
|
3554
|
|
|
3555 The same is true of the scrollbars: They accept whichever resources
|
|
|
3556 are appropriate for the toolkit in use.
|
|
|
3557
|
|
|
3558
|
|
|
3559 *** Source Code Highlighting
|
|
|
3560 ----------------------------
|
|
|
3561
|
|
|
3562 It's possible to have your buffers "decorated" with fonts or colors
|
|
|
3563 indicating syntactic structures (such as strings, comments, function names,
|
|
|
3564 "reserved words", etc.). In XEmacs, the preferred way to do this is with
|
|
|
3565 font-lock-mode; activate it by adding the following code to your .emacs file:
|
|
|
3566
|
|
|
3567 (add-hook 'emacs-lisp-mode-hook 'turn-on-font-lock)
|
|
|
3568 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-font-lock)
|
|
|
3569 (add-hook 'c++-mode-hook 'turn-on-font-lock)
|
|
|
3570 (add-hook 'dired-mode-hook 'turn-on-font-lock)
|
|
|
3571 ...etc...
|
|
|
3572
|
|
|
3573 To customize it, see the descriptions of the function `font-lock-mode' and
|
|
|
3574 the variables `font-lock-keywords', `c-font-lock-keywords', etc.
|
|
|
3575
|
|
|
3576 There exist several other source code highlighting packages, but font-lock
|
|
2
|
3577 does one thing that most others don't do: highlights as you type new text;
|
|
|
3578 and one thing that no others do: bases part of its decoration on the
|
|
0
|
3579 syntax table of the major mode. Font-lock has C-level support to do this
|
|
|
3580 efficiently, so it should also be significantly faster than the others.
|
|
|
3581
|
|
|
3582 If there's something that another highlighting package does that you can't
|
|
|
3583 make font-lock do, let us know. We would prefer to consolidate all of the
|
|
|
3584 desired functionality into one package rather than ship several different
|
|
|
3585 packages which do essentially the same thing in different ways.
|
|
|
3586
|
|
|
3587
|
|
|
3588 ** Differences Between XEmacs and Emacs 18
|
|
|
3589 ==========================================
|
|
|
3590
|
|
|
3591 Auto-configure support has been added, so it should be fairly easy to compile
|
|
|
3592 XEmacs on different systems. If you have any problems or feedback about
|
|
|
3593 compiling on your system, please let us know.
|
|
|
3594
|
|
|
3595 We have reimplemented the basic input model in a more general way; instead of
|
|
|
3596 X input being a special-case of the normal ASCII input stream, XEmacs has a
|
|
|
3597 concept of "input events", and ASCII characters are a subset of that. The
|
|
|
3598 events that XEmacs knows about are not X events, but are a generalization of
|
|
|
3599 them, so that XEmacs can eventually be ported to different window systems.
|
|
|
3600
|
|
|
3601 We have reimplemented keymaps so that sequences of events can be stored into
|
|
|
3602 them instead of just ASCII codes; it is possible to, for example, bind
|
|
|
3603 different commands to each of the chords Control-h, Control-H, Backspace,
|
|
|
3604 Control-Backspace, and Super-Shift-Backspace. Key bindings, function key
|
|
|
3605 bindings, and mouse bindings live in the same keymaps.
|
|
|
3606
|
|
|
3607 Input and display of all ISO-8859-1 characters is supported.
|
|
|
3608
|
|
|
3609 You can have multiple X windows ("frames" in XEmacs terminology).
|
|
|
3610
|
|
|
3611 XEmacs has objects called "extents" and "faces", which are roughly
|
|
|
3612 analogous to Epoch's "buttons," "zones," and "styles." An extent is a
|
|
|
3613 region of text (a start position and an end position) and a face is a
|
|
|
3614 collection of textual attributes like fonts and colors. Every extent
|
|
|
3615 is displayed in some "face", so changing the properties of a face
|
|
|
3616 immediately updates the display of all associated extents. Faces can
|
|
|
3617 be frame-local: you can have a region of text which displays with
|
|
|
3618 completely different attributes when its buffer is viewed from a
|
|
|
3619 different X window.
|
|
|
3620
|
|
|
3621 The display attributes of faces may be specified either in lisp or through
|
|
|
3622 the X resource manager.
|
|
|
3623
|
|
|
3624 Pixmaps of arbitrary size can be embedded in a buffer.
|
|
|
3625
|
|
|
3626 Variable width fonts work.
|
|
|
3627
|
|
|
3628 The height of a line is the height of the tallest font on that line, instead
|
|
|
3629 of all lines having the same height.
|
|
|
3630
|
|
|
3631 XEmacs uses the MIT "Xt" toolkit instead of raw Xlib calls, which
|
|
|
3632 makes it be a more well-behaved X citizen (and also improves
|
|
|
3633 portability). A result of this is that it is possible to include
|
|
|
3634 other Xt "Widgets" in the XEmacs window. Also, XEmacs understands the
|
|
|
3635 standard Xt command-line arguments.
|
|
|
3636
|
|
|
3637 XEmacs understands the X11 "Selection" mechanism; it's possible to define
|
|
46
|
3638 and customize selection converter functions and new selection types from
|
|
0
|
3639 Emacs Lisp, without having to recompile XEmacs.
|
|
|
3640
|
|
|
3641 XEmacs provides support for ToolTalk on systems that have it.
|
|
|
3642
|
|
|
3643 XEmacs supports the Zmacs/Lispm style of region highlighting, where the
|
|
|
3644 region between the point and mark is highlighted when in its "active" state.
|
|
|
3645
|
|
|
3646 XEmacs has a menubar, whose contents are customizable from emacs-lisp.
|
|
|
3647 This menubar looks Motif-ish, but does not require Motif. If you already
|
|
|
3648 own Motif, however, you can configure XEmacs to use a *real* Motif menubar
|
|
|
3649 instead.
|
|
|
3650
|
|
|
3651 XEmacs can ask questions using popup dialog boxes. Any command executed from
|
|
|
3652 a menu will ask yes/no questions with dialog boxes, while commands executed
|
|
|
3653 via the keyboard will use the minibuffer.
|
|
|
3654
|
|
|
3655 XEmacs has vertical and horizontal scrollbars.
|
|
|
3656
|
|
|
3657 The initial load-path is computed at run-time, instead of at compile-time.
|
|
|
3658 This means that if you move the XEmacs executable and associated directories
|
|
|
3659 to somewhere else, you don't have to recompile anything.
|
|
|
3660
|
|
|
3661 You can specify what the title of the XEmacs windows and icons should be
|
|
|
3662 with the variables `frame-title-format' and `frame-icon-title-format',
|
|
|
3663 which have the same syntax as `mode-line-format'.
|
|
|
3664
|
|
|
3665 XEmacs now supports floating-point numbers.
|
|
|
3666
|
|
|
3667 XEmacs now knows about timers directly, instead of them being simulated by
|
|
|
3668 a subprocess.
|
|
|
3669
|
|
|
3670 XEmacs understands truenames, and can be configured to notice when you are
|
|
|
3671 visiting two names of the same file. See the variables find-file-use-truenames
|
|
|
3672 and find-file-compare-truenames.
|
|
|
3673
|
|
46
|
3674 If you're running on a machine with audio hardware, you can specify sound
|
|
0
|
3675 files for XEmacs to play instead of the default X beep. See the documentation
|
|
|
3676 of the function load-sound-file and the variable sound-alist.
|
|
|
3677
|
|
|
3678 An XEmacs frame can be placed within an "external client widget" managed by
|
|
|
3679 another application. This allows an application to use an XEmacs frame as its
|
|
|
3680 text pane rather than the standard Text widget that is provided with Motif or
|
|
|
3681 Athena. XEmacs supports Motif applications, generic Xt (e.g. Athena)
|
|
|
3682 applications, and raw Xlib applications.
|
|
|
3683
|
|
|
3684 Random changes to the emacs-lisp library: (some of this was not written by
|
|
|
3685 us, but is included because it's free software and we think it's good stuff)
|
|
|
3686
|
|
|
3687 - there is a new optimizing byte-compiler
|
|
|
3688 - there is a new abbrev-based mail-alias mechanism
|
|
|
3689 - the -*- line can contain local-variable settings
|
|
|
3690 - there is a new TAGS package
|
|
|
3691 - there is a new VI-emulation mode (viper)
|
|
|
3692 - there is a new implementation of Dired
|
|
|
3693 - there is a new implementation of Isearch
|
|
|
3694 - the VM package for reading mail is provided
|
|
|
3695 - the W3 package for browsing the World Wide Web hypertext information
|
|
|
3696 system is provided
|
|
|
3697 - the Hyperbole package, a programmable information management and
|
|
|
3698 hypertext system
|
|
|
3699 - the OO-Browser package, a multi-language object-oriented browser
|
|
|
3700
|
|
|
3701 There are many more specifics in the "Miscellaneous Changes" section, below.
|
|
|
3702
|
|
|
3703 The online Emacs Manual and Emacs-Lisp Manual are now both relatively
|
|
|
3704 up-to-date.
|
|
|
3705
|
|
|
3706 ** Major Differences Between 19.13 and 19.14
|
|
|
3707 ============================================
|
|
|
3708
|
|
|
3709 XEmacs has a new address! The canonical ftp site is now
|
|
|
3710 ftp.xemacs.org:/pub/xemacs and the Web page is now at
|
|
|
3711 http://www.xemacs.org/. All mailing lists now have @xemacs.org
|
|
|
3712 addresses. For the time being the @cs.uiuc.edu addresses will
|
|
|
3713 continue to function.
|
|
|
3714
|
|
|
3715 This is a major new release. Many features have been added, as well
|
|
|
3716 as many bugs fixed. The Motif menubar has still _NOT_ been fixed for
|
|
|
3717 19.14. You should use the Lucid menubar instead.
|
|
|
3718
|
|
|
3719
|
|
|
3720
|
|
|
3721 Major user-visible changes:
|
|
|
3722 ---------------------------
|
|
|
3723
|
|
|
3724 -- Color support in TTY mode is provided. You have to have a TTY capable
|
|
|
3725 of displaying them, such as color xterm or the console under Linux.
|
|
|
3726 If your terminal type supports colors (e.g. `xterm-color'), XEmacs
|
|
|
3727 will automatically notice this and start using color.
|
|
|
3728
|
|
|
3729 -- blink-cursor-mode enables a blinking text cursor. There is a
|
|
|
3730 menubar option for this also.
|
|
|
3731
|
|
|
3732 -- auto-show-mode is turned on by default; this means that XEmacs
|
|
|
3733 will automatically scroll a window horizontally as necessary to
|
|
|
3734 keep point in view.
|
|
|
3735
|
|
|
3736 -- a file dialog box is provided and will be used whenever you
|
|
|
3737 are prompted for a filename as a result of a menubar selection.
|
|
|
3738
|
|
|
3739 -- XEmacs can be compiled with built-in GIF, JPEG, and PNG support.
|
|
|
3740 The GIF libraries are supplied with XEmacs; for JPEG and PNG,
|
|
|
3741 you have to obtain the appropriate libraries (this is well-
|
|
|
3742 documented). This makes image display much easier and faster under
|
|
|
3743 W3 (the web browser) and TM (adds MIME support to VM and GNUS;
|
|
|
3744 not yet included with XEmacs but will be in 19.15).
|
|
|
3745
|
|
|
3746 -- XEmacs provides a really nice mode (PSGML with "Wing improvements")
|
|
|
3747 for editing HTML and other SGML documents. It parses the document,
|
|
|
3748 and as a result it does proper indentation, can show you the context
|
|
|
3749 you're in, the allowed tags at a particular position, etc.
|
|
|
3750
|
|
|
3751 -- XEmacs comes standard with modes for editing Java and VRML code,
|
|
|
3752 including font-lock support.
|
|
|
3753
|
|
|
3754 -- GNUS 5.2 comes standard with XEmacs.
|
|
|
3755
|
|
|
3756 -- You can now embed colors in the modeline, with different sections
|
|
|
3757 of the modeline responding appropriately to various mouse gestures:
|
|
|
3758 For example, clicking on the "read-only" indicator toggles the
|
|
|
3759 read-only status of a buffer, and clicking on the buffer name
|
|
|
3760 cycles to the next buffer. Pressing button3 on these areas brings
|
|
|
3761 up a popup menu of appropriate commands.
|
|
|
3762
|
|
|
3763 -- There is a much nicer mode for completion lists and such.
|
|
|
3764 At the minibuffer prompt, if you hit page-up or Meta-V, the completion
|
|
|
3765 buffer will be displayed (if it wasn't already), you're moved into
|
|
|
3766 it, and can move around and select filenames using the arrow keys
|
|
|
3767 and the return key. Rather than a cursor, a filename is highlighted,
|
|
|
3768 and the arrow keys change which filename is highlighted.
|
|
|
3769
|
|
|
3770 -- The edit-faces subsystem has also been much improved, in somewhat
|
|
|
3771 similar ways to the completion list improvements.
|
|
|
3772
|
|
|
3773 -- Many improvements were made to the multi-device support.
|
|
|
3774 We now provide an auxiliary utility called "gnuattach" that
|
|
|
3775 lets you connect to an existing XEmacs process and display
|
|
|
3776 a TTY frame on the current TTY connection, and commands
|
|
|
3777 `make-frame-on-display' (with a corresponding menubar entry)
|
|
|
3778 and `make-frame-on-tty' for more easily creating frames on
|
|
|
3779 new TTY or X connections.
|
|
|
3780
|
|
|
3781 -- We have incorporated nearly all of the functionality of GNU Emacs
|
|
|
3782 19.30 into XEmacs. This includes support for lazy-loaded
|
|
|
3783 byte code and documentation strings, improved paragraph filling,
|
|
|
3784 better support for margins within documents, v19 regular expression
|
|
|
3785 routines (including caching of compiled regexps), etc.
|
|
|
3786
|
|
|
3787 -- In accordance with GNU Emacs 19.30, the following key binding
|
|
|
3788 changes have been made:
|
|
|
3789
|
|
|
3790 C-x ESC -> C-x ESC ESC
|
|
|
3791 ESC ESC -> ESC :
|
|
|
3792 ESC ESC ESC is "abort anything" (keyboard-escape-quit).
|
|
|
3793
|
|
|
3794 -- All major packages have been updated to their latest-released
|
|
|
3795 versions.
|
|
|
3796
|
|
|
3797 -- XEmacs now gracefully handles a full colormap (such as typically
|
|
|
3798 results when running Netscape). The nearest available color
|
|
|
3799 is automatically substituted.
|
|
|
3800
|
|
|
3801 -- Many bug fixes to the subprocess/PTY code, ps-print, menubar
|
|
|
3802 functions, `set-text-properties', DEC Alpha support, toolbar
|
|
|
3803 resizing (the "phantom VM toolbar" bug), and lots and lots
|
|
|
3804 of other things were made.
|
|
|
3805
|
|
|
3806 -- The ncurses library (a replacement for curses, found especially
|
|
|
3807 under Linux) is supported, and will be automatically used
|
|
|
3808 if it can be found.
|
|
|
3809
|
|
|
3810 -- You can now undo in the minibuffer.
|
|
|
3811
|
|
|
3812 -- Surrogate minibuffers now work. These are also sometimes referred
|
|
|
3813 to as "global" minibuffers.
|
|
|
3814
|
|
|
3815 -- font-lock has been merged with GNU Emacs 19.30, improved defaults
|
|
|
3816 have been added, and changes have been made to the way it is
|
|
|
3817 configured.
|
|
|
3818
|
|
|
3819 -- Many, many modes have menubar entries for them.
|
|
|
3820
|
|
|
3821 -- `recover-session' lets you recover whatever files can be recovered
|
|
|
3822 after your XEmacs process has died unexpectedly.
|
|
|
3823
|
|
|
3824 -- C-h k followed by a toolbar button press correctly reports
|
|
|
3825 the binding of the toolbar button.
|
|
|
3826
|
|
|
3827 -- `function-key-map', `key-translation-map', and `keyboard-translate-table'
|
|
|
3828 are now correctly implemented.
|
|
|
3829
|
|
|
3830 -- `show-message-log' (and its menubar entry under Edit) have been
|
|
|
3831 removed; instead use `view-lossage' (and its menubar entry under
|
|
|
3832 Help).
|
|
|
3833
|
|
|
3834 -- There is a standard menubar entry for specifying which browser
|
|
|
3835 (Netscape, W3, Mosaic, etc.) to use when dispatching URL's
|
|
|
3836 in mail, Usenet news, etc.
|
|
|
3837
|
|
|
3838 -- Improved native sound support under Linux.
|
|
|
3839
|
|
|
3840 -- Lots of other things we forgot to mention.
|
|
|
3841
|
|
|
3842
|
|
|
3843
|
|
|
3844 Significant Lisp-level changes:
|
|
|
3845 -------------------------------
|
|
|
3846
|
|
|
3847 -- Many improvements to the E-Lisp documentation have been made;
|
|
|
3848 it should now be up-to-date and complete in nearly all cases.
|
|
|
3849
|
|
|
3850 -- XEmacs has extensive documentation on its internals, for
|
|
|
3851 would-be C hackers.
|
|
|
3852
|
|
|
3853 -- Common-Lisp support (the CL package) is now dumped standard
|
|
|
3854 into XEmacs. No more need for (require 'cl) or anything
|
|
|
3855 like that.
|
|
|
3856
|
|
|
3857 -- Full support for extents and text properties over strings is
|
|
|
3858 provided.
|
|
|
3859
|
|
|
3860 -- The extent properties `start-open', `end-open', `start-closed',
|
|
|
3861 and `end-closed' now work correctly w.r.t. text properties.
|
|
|
3862
|
|
|
3863 -- The `face' property of extents and text properties can now
|
|
|
3864 be a list.
|
|
|
3865
|
|
42
|
3866 -- The `mouse-face' property from GNU Emacs is now supported.
|
|
0
|
3867 It supersedes the `highlight' property.
|
|
|
3868
|
|
42
|
3869 -- `enriched' and `facemenu' packages from GNU Emacs have been ported.
|
|
0
|
3870
|
|
|
3871 -- New functions for easier creation of dialog boxes:
|
|
|
3872 `get-dialog-box-response', `message-box', and `message-or-box'.
|
|
|
3873
|
|
|
3874 -- `function-min-args' and `function-max-args' allow you to determine
|
|
|
3875 the minimum and maximum allowed arguments for any type of
|
|
|
3876 function (i.e. subr, lambda expression, byte-compiled function, etc.).
|
|
|
3877
|
|
|
3878 -- Some C-level support for doing E-Lisp profiling is provided.
|
|
|
3879 See `start-profiling', `stop-profiling', and
|
|
|
3880 `pretty-print-profiling-info'.
|
|
|
3881
|
|
|
3882 -- `current-process-time' reports the user, system, and real times
|
|
|
3883 for the currently running XEmacs process.
|
|
|
3884
|
|
|
3885 -- `next-window', `previous-window', `next-frame', `previous-frame',
|
|
|
3886 `other-window', `get-lru-window', etc. have an extra device
|
|
|
3887 argument that allows you to restrict which devices it includes
|
|
|
3888 (normally all devices). Some functions that incorrectly ignored
|
|
|
3889 frames on different devices (e.g. C-x 0) are fixed.
|
|
|
3890
|
|
|
3891 -- new functions `run-hook-with-args-until-success',
|
|
|
3892 `run-hook-with-args-until-failure'.
|
|
|
3893
|
|
|
3894 -- generalized facility for local vs. global hooks. See `make-local-hook',
|
|
|
3895 `add-hook'.
|
|
|
3896
|
|
|
3897 -- New functions for querying the window tree: `frame-leftmost-window',
|
|
|
3898 `frame-rightmost-window', `window-first-hchild', `window-first-vchild',
|
|
|
3899 `window-next-child', `window-previous-child', and `window-parent'.
|
|
|
3900
|
|
|
3901 -- Epoch support works. This gets you direct access to some X events
|
|
|
3902 and objects (e.g. properties and property-notify events).
|
|
|
3903
|
|
|
3904 -- The multi-device support has been majorly revamped. There is now
|
|
|
3905 a new concept of "consoles" (devices grouped together under a
|
|
|
3906 common keyboard/mouse), console-local variables, and a generalized
|
|
|
3907 concept of device/console connection.
|
|
|
3908
|
|
|
3909 -- `display-buffer' synched with GNU Emacs 19.30, giving you lots of
|
|
|
3910 wondrous cruft such as
|
|
|
3911 -- unsplittable frames
|
|
|
3912 -- pop-up-frames, pop-up-frame-function
|
|
|
3913 -- special-display-buffer-names, special-display-regexps,
|
|
|
3914 special-display-function
|
|
|
3915 -- same-window-buffer-names, same-window-regexps
|
|
|
3916
|
|
|
3917 -- XEmacs has support for accessing DBM- and/or DB-format databases,
|
|
|
3918 provided that you have the appropriate libraries on your system.
|
|
|
3919
|
|
|
3920 -- There is a new font style: "strikethru" fonts.
|
|
|
3921
|
|
|
3922 -- New data type "weak list", which is a list with special
|
|
|
3923 garbage-collection properties, similar to weak hash tables.
|
|
|
3924
|
|
|
3925 -- `set-face-parent' makes one face inherit all properties from another.
|
|
|
3926
|
|
|
3927 -- The junky frame parameters mechanism has been revamped as
|
|
|
3928 frame properties, which a standard property-list interface.
|
|
|
3929
|
|
|
3930 -- Lots and lots of functions for working with property lists have
|
|
|
3931 been added.
|
|
|
3932
|
|
|
3933 -- New functions `push-window-configuration', `pop-window-configuration',
|
|
|
3934 `unpop-window-configuration' for maintain a stack of window
|
|
|
3935 configurations.
|
|
|
3936
|
|
|
3937 -- Many fixups to the glyph code; icons and mouse pointers are now
|
|
|
3938 properly merged into the glyph mechanism.
|
|
|
3939
|
|
|
3940 -- `set-specifier' works more sensibly, like `set-face-property'.
|
|
|
3941
|
|
|
3942 -- Many new specifiers for individually controlling toolbar height/width
|
|
|
3943 and visibility and text cursor visibility.
|
|
|
3944
|
|
|
3945 -- New face `text-cursor' controls the colors of the text cursor.
|
|
|
3946
|
|
|
3947 -- Many new variables for turning on debug information about the
|
|
|
3948 inner workings of XEmacs.
|
|
|
3949
|
|
|
3950 -- Hash tables can now compare their keys using `equal' or `eql'
|
|
|
3951 as well as `eq'.
|
|
|
3952
|
|
|
3953 -- Other things too numerous to mention.
|
|
|
3954
|
|
|
3955
|
|
|
3956
|
|
|
3957 Significant configuration/build changes:
|
|
|
3958 ----------------------------------------
|
|
|
3959
|
|
|
3960 -- You can disable TTY support, toolbar support, scrollbar support,
|
|
|
3961 menubar support, and/or dialog box support at configure time
|
|
|
3962 to save memory.
|
|
|
3963
|
|
|
3964 -- New configure option `--extra-verbose' shows the diagnostic
|
|
|
3965 output from feature testing; this should help track down
|
|
|
3966 problems with incorrect feature detection.
|
|
|
3967
|
|
|
3968 -- `dont-have-xmu' is now `with-xmu', with the reversed sense.
|
|
|
3969 (It defaults to `yes'.)
|
|
|
3970
|
|
|
3971 -- `with-mocklisp' lets you add Mocklisp support if you really
|
|
|
3972 need this.
|
|
|
3973
|
|
|
3974 -- `with-term' for adding TERM support for Linux users.
|
|
|
3975
|
|
|
3976
|
|
|
3977
|
|
|
3978 ** Major Differences Between 19.12 and 19.13
|
|
|
3979 ============================================
|
|
|
3980
|
|
|
3981 This is primarily a bug-fix release. Lots of bugs have been fixed.
|
|
|
3982 Hopefully only a few have been introduced. The most noteworthy bug
|
|
|
3983 fixes are:
|
|
|
3984
|
|
|
3985 -- There should be no more problems connecting XEmacs to an X
|
|
|
3986 server over SLIP or other slow connections.
|
|
|
3987 -- Periodic crashes when using the Buffers menu should be gone.
|
|
|
3988 -- etags would sometimes erase the current buffer; it doesn't
|
|
|
3989 any more.
|
|
|
3990 -- XEmacs will correctly exit if the X server dies.
|
|
|
3991 -- uniconified frames are displayed properly under TVTWM.
|
|
|
3992 -- Breakage in `add-menu-item' / `add-menu-button' is fixed.
|
|
|
3993
|
|
|
3994 The Motif menubar has _NOT_ been fixed for 19.13. You should use the
|
|
|
3995 Lucid menubar instead.
|
|
|
3996
|
|
|
3997 Multi-device support should now be working properly. You can now open
|
|
|
3998 an X device after having started out on a TTY device.
|
|
|
3999
|
|
|
4000 Background pixmaps now work. See `set-face-background-pixmap'.
|
|
|
4001
|
|
|
4002 Echo area messages are now saved to a buffer, " *Message Log*". To
|
|
|
4003 see this buffer, use the command `show-message-log'. It is possible
|
|
|
4004 to filter the message which are actually included by modifying the
|
|
|
4005 variables `log-message-ignore-regexps' and `log-message-ignore-labels'.
|
|
|
4006
|
|
|
4007 You can now control which warnings you want to see. See
|
|
|
4008 `display-warning-suppressed-classes' and friends.
|
|
|
4009
|
|
|
4010 You can now set the default location of an "other window" from the
|
|
|
4011 Options menu.
|
|
|
4012
|
|
|
4013 "Save Options" now saves the state of all faces.
|
|
|
4014
|
|
|
4015 You can choose which file "Save Options" writes into; see
|
|
|
4016 `save-options-file'.
|
|
|
4017
|
|
|
4018 XPM support is no longer required for the toolbar.
|
|
|
4019
|
|
|
4020 The relocating allocator is now enabled by default whenever possible.
|
|
|
4021 This allows buffer memory to be returned to the system when no longer
|
|
|
4022 in use which helps keep XEmacs process size down.
|
|
|
4023
|
|
|
4024 The ability to have captioned toolbars has been added. Currently only
|
|
|
4025 the default toolbar actually has a captioned version provided. A new
|
|
|
4026 specifier variable, `toolbar-buttons-captioned-p' controls whether the
|
|
|
4027 toolbar is captioned.
|
|
|
4028
|
|
|
4029 A copy of the XEmacs FAQ is now included and is available through info.
|
|
|
4030
|
|
|
4031 The on-line E-Lisp reference manual has been significantly updated.
|
|
|
4032
|
|
|
4033 There is now audio support under Linux.
|
|
|
4034
|
|
|
4035 Modifier keys can now be sticky. This is controlled by the variable
|
|
|
4036 `modifier-keys-are-sticky'.
|
|
|
4037
|
|
|
4038 manual-entry should now work correctly under Irix with the penalty of
|
|
|
4039 a longer startup time the first time it is invoked. If you are having
|
|
|
4040 problems with this on another system try setting
|
|
|
4041 `Manual-use-subdirectory-list' to t.
|
|
|
4042
|
|
|
4043 make-tty-device no longer automatically creates the first frame.
|
|
|
4044
|
|
|
4045 Rectangular regions now work correctly.
|
|
|
4046
|
|
|
4047 ediff no longer sets synchronize-minibuffers to t unless you first set
|
|
|
4048 ediff-synchronize-minibuffers
|
|
|
4049
|
|
|
4050 keyboard-translate-table has been implemented. This means that the
|
|
|
4051 `enable-flow-control' command for dealing with TTY connections that
|
|
|
4052 filter out ^S and ^Q now works.
|
|
|
4053
|
|
|
4054 You can now create frames that are initially unmapped and frames that
|
|
|
4055 are "transient for another frame", meaning that they behave more like
|
|
|
4056 dialog-box frames.
|
|
|
4057
|
|
|
4058 Other E-Lisp changes:
|
|
|
4059
|
|
|
4060 -- Specifier `menubar-visible-p' for controlling menubar visibility
|
|
|
4061 -- Local command hooks should be set using `local-pre-command-hook'
|
|
|
4062 and `local-post-command-hook' instead of making the global
|
|
|
4063 equivalents be buffer-local.
|
|
|
4064 -- `quit-char', `help-char', `meta-prefix-char' can be any key specifier
|
|
|
4065 instead of just an integer.
|
|
|
4066 -- new functions `add-async-timeout' and `disable-async-timeout'.
|
|
|
4067 These let you create asynchronous timeouts, which are like
|
|
|
4068 normal timeouts except that they're executed even during
|
|
|
4069 running Lisp code. Use this with care!
|
|
|
4070 -- `debug-on-error' and `stack-trace-on-error' now enter the debugger
|
|
|
4071 only when an *unhandled* error occurs. If you want the old
|
|
|
4072 behavior, use `debug-on-signal' and `stack-trace-on-signal'.
|
|
|
4073 -- \U, \L, \u, \l, \E recognized specially in `replace-match'.
|
|
|
4074 These are standard ex/perl commands for changing the case of
|
|
|
4075 replaced text.
|
|
|
4076 -- New function event-matches-key-specifier-p. This provides
|
|
|
4077 a clean way of comparing keypress events with key specifiers
|
|
|
4078 such as 65, (shift home), etc. without having to resort
|
|
|
4079 to ugly `character-to-event' / `event-to-character' hacks.
|
|
|
4080 -- New function `add-to-list'
|
|
|
4081 -- New Common-Lisp functions `some', `every', `notevery', `notany',
|
|
|
4082 `adjoin', `union', `intersection', `set-difference',
|
|
|
4083 `set-exclusive-or', `subsetp'
|
|
|
4084 -- `remove-face-property' provides a clean way of removing a
|
|
|
4085 face property.
|
|
|
4086
|
|
|
4087 Many of the Emacs Lisp packages have been updated. Some of the new
|
|
|
4088 Emacs Lisp packages ---
|
|
|
4089
|
|
|
4090 ada-mode: major mode for editing Ada source
|
|
|
4091
|
|
|
4092 arc-mode: simple editing of archives
|
|
|
4093
|
|
46
|
4094 auto-show-mode: automatically scrolls horizontally to keep point on-screen
|
|
0
|
4095
|
|
|
4096 completion: dynamic word completion mode
|
|
|
4097
|
|
|
4098 dabbrev: the dynamic abbrev package has been rewritten and is much
|
|
|
4099 more powerful -- e.g. it searches in other buffers as well
|
|
|
4100 as the current one
|
|
|
4101
|
|
|
4102 easymenu: menu support package
|
|
|
4103
|
|
|
4104 live-icon: makes frame icons represent the current frame contents
|
|
|
4105
|
|
|
4106 mailcrypt 3.2: mail encryption with PGP; included but v2.4 is still
|
|
46
|
4107 the default
|
|
|
4108
|
|
|
4109 two-column: for editing two-column text
|
|
0
|
4110
|
|
|
4111
|
|
|
4112 ** Major Differences Between 19.11 and 19.12
|
|
|
4113 ============================================
|
|
|
4114
|
|
|
4115 This is a huge new release. Almost every aspect of XEmacs has been changed
|
|
|
4116 at least somewhat. The highlights are:
|
|
|
4117
|
|
|
4118 -- TTY support (includes face support)
|
|
|
4119 -- new redisplay engine; should be faster, less buggy, and more powerful
|
|
|
4120 -- terminology change from "screen" to "frame"
|
|
|
4121 -- built-in toolbar
|
|
|
4122 -- toolbar support added to many packages
|
|
|
4123 -- multiple device support (still in beta; improvements to come in
|
|
|
4124 19.13)
|
|
|
4125 -- Purify used to ensure that there are no memory leaks or memory corruption
|
|
|
4126 problems
|
|
|
4127 -- horizontal and vertical scrollbars in all windows
|
|
|
4128 -- new Lucid (i.e. look-alike Motif) scrollbar widget
|
|
|
4129 -- stay-up menus in the Lucid (look-alike Motif) menubar widget
|
|
|
4130 -- 3-d modeline
|
|
|
4131 -- new extents engine; should be faster, less buggy, and more powerful
|
|
|
4132 -- much more powerful control over faces
|
|
|
4133 -- expanded menubar
|
|
|
4134 -- more work on synching with GNU Emacs 19.28
|
|
|
4135 -- new packages: Hyperbole, OOBR (object browser), hm--html-menus, viper,
|
|
|
4136 lazy-lock.el, ksh-mode.el, rsz-minibuf.el
|
|
|
4137 -- package updates for all major packages
|
|
|
4138 -- dynodump package for Solaris: provides proper undumping and portable
|
|
|
4139 binaries across different OS versions and machine types
|
|
|
4140 -- Greatly expanded concept of "glyphs" (pixmaps etc. in a buffer)
|
|
|
4141 -- built-in support for displaying X-Faces, if the X-Face library is
|
|
|
4142 available
|
|
|
4143 -- built-in support for SOCKS if the SOCKS library is available
|
|
|
4144 -- graceful behavior when the colormap is full (e.g. Netscape ate
|
|
|
4145 all the colors)
|
|
|
4146 -- built-in MD5 (secure hashing function) support
|
|
|
4147
|
|
|
4148
|
|
|
4149 More specific information:
|
|
|
4150
|
|
|
4151 *** TTY Support
|
|
|
4152 ---------------
|
|
|
4153
|
|
|
4154 The long-awaited TTY support is now available. XEmacs will start up
|
|
|
4155 in TTY mode (using the tty you started XEmacs from) if the DISPLAY
|
|
|
4156 environment variable is not set or if you use the `-nw' option.
|
|
|
4157
|
|
|
4158 Faces are available on TTY's. For a demonstration, try editing a C
|
|
|
4159 file and turning on font-lock-mode.
|
|
|
4160
|
|
|
4161 You can also connect to additional TTY's using `make-tty-device',
|
|
|
4162 whether your first frame was a TTY or an X window. This ability is
|
|
|
4163 not yet completely finished.
|
|
|
4164
|
|
|
4165 The full event-loop capabilities (processes, timeouts, etc.) are
|
|
|
4166 available on TTY's.
|
|
|
4167
|
|
|
4168
|
|
|
4169
|
|
|
4170 *** New Redisplay Engine
|
|
|
4171 ------------------------
|
|
|
4172
|
|
|
4173 The redisplay engine has been rewritten to improve its efficiency and
|
|
|
4174 to increase its functionality. It should also be significantly more
|
|
|
4175 bug-free than the previous redisplay engine.
|
|
|
4176
|
|
|
4177 A line that is not big enough to display at the bottom of the window
|
|
|
4178 will normally be clipped (so that it is partially visible) rather than
|
|
|
4179 not displayed at all. The variable `pixel-vertical-clip-threshold'
|
|
|
4180 can be used to control the minimum space that must be available for a
|
|
|
4181 line to be clipped rather than not displayed at all.
|
|
|
4182
|
|
|
4183 Tabs are displayed in such a way that things line up fairly well even
|
|
|
4184 in the presence of variable-width fonts and/or lines with
|
|
|
4185 multiply-sized fonts.
|
|
|
4186
|
|
|
4187 Display tables are implemented, through the specifier variable
|
|
|
4188 `current-display-table'. They can be buffer-local, window-local,
|
|
|
4189 frame-local, or device-local. See below for info about specifiers.
|
|
|
4190
|
|
|
4191
|
|
|
4192
|
|
|
4193 *** Toolbar
|
|
|
4194 -----------
|
|
|
4195
|
|
|
4196 There is now built-in support for a toolbar. A sample toolbar is
|
|
|
4197 visible by default at the top of the frame. Four separate toolbars
|
|
|
4198 can be configured (at the top, bottom, left, and right of the frame).
|
|
|
4199 The toolbar specification is similar to the menubar specification.
|
|
|
4200 The up, down, and disabled glyphs of a toolbar button can be
|
|
|
4201 separately controlled. Explanatory text can be echoed in the echo
|
|
|
4202 area when the mouse passes over a toolbar button. The size, contents,
|
|
|
4203 and visibility of the various toolbars can be controlled on a
|
|
|
4204 per-buffer, per-window, per-frame, and per-device basis through the
|
|
|
4205 use of specifiers. See the chapter on toolbars in the Lisp Reference
|
|
|
4206 Manual (included with XEmacs) for more information.
|
|
|
4207
|
|
|
4208 The toolbar color and shadow thicknesses are currently controlled only
|
|
|
4209 through `modify-frame-parameters' and through X resources. We are
|
|
|
4210 planning on making these controllable through specifiers as well. (Our
|
|
|
4211 hope is to make `modify-frame-parameters' obsolete, as it is a clunky
|
|
|
4212 and not very powerful mechanism.)
|
|
|
4213
|
|
|
4214 Info, GNUS, VM, W3, and various other packages include custom toolbars
|
|
|
4215 with them.
|
|
|
4216
|
|
|
4217
|
|
|
4218
|
|
|
4219 *** Menubar
|
|
|
4220 -----------
|
|
|
4221
|
|
|
4222 Stay-up menus are implemented in the look-alike Motif menubar.
|
|
|
4223
|
|
|
4224 The default menubar has been expanded to include most commonly-used
|
|
|
4225 functions in XEmacs.
|
|
|
4226
|
|
|
4227 The options menu has been greatly expanded to include many more
|
|
|
4228 options.
|
|
|
4229
|
|
|
4230 The menubar specification format has been greatly expanded. Per-menu
|
|
|
4231 activation hooks can be specified through the :filter keyword (thus
|
|
|
4232 obsoleting `activate-menubar-hook'); this allows for fast response
|
|
|
4233 time when you have a large and complex menu. You can dynamically
|
|
|
4234 control whether menu items are present through the :included and
|
|
|
4235 :config keywords. (The latter keyword implements a simple menubar
|
|
|
4236 configuration scheme, in conjunction with the variable
|
|
|
4237 `menubar-configuration'.) Many different menu-item separators (single
|
|
|
4238 or double line; solid or dashed; flat, etched-in, or etched-out) are
|
|
|
4239 available. See the chapter on menus in the Lisp Reference Manual for
|
|
|
4240 more information about all of this.
|
|
|
4241
|
|
|
4242 New functions `add-submenu' and `add-menu-button' are available.
|
|
|
4243 These supersede the older `add-menu' and `add-menu-item' functions,
|
|
|
4244 and provide a more powerful and consistent interface.
|
|
|
4245
|
|
|
4246 New convenience functions for popping up the part or all of the
|
|
|
4247 menubar in a pop-up menu are available: `popup-menubar-menu' and
|
|
|
4248 `popup-buffer-menu'.
|
|
|
4249
|
|
|
4250 Menus are now incrementally constructed greatly improving menubar
|
|
|
4251 response time.
|
|
|
4252
|
|
|
4253
|
|
|
4254
|
|
|
4255 *** Scrollbars
|
|
|
4256 --------------
|
|
|
4257
|
|
|
4258 A look-alike Motif scrollbar is now included with XEmacs. No longer
|
|
|
4259 will you have to suffer with ugly Athena scrollbars.
|
|
|
4260
|
|
|
4261 Windows can now have horizontal scrollbars. Normally they are visible
|
|
|
4262 when the window's buffer is set to truncate lines rather than wrap
|
|
|
4263 them (e.g. `(setq truncate-lines t)').
|
|
|
4264
|
|
|
4265 All windows, not only the right-most ones, can have vertical
|
|
|
4266 scrollbars.
|
|
|
4267
|
|
|
4268 The functions to change a scrollbar's width have been superseded by
|
|
|
4269 the specifier variables `scrollbar-width' and `scrollbar-height'.
|
|
|
4270 This allows their values to be controlled on a buffer-local,
|
|
|
4271 window-local, frame-local, and device-local basis. See below.
|
|
|
4272
|
|
|
4273 The scrollbars interact better with the event loop (for example, you
|
|
|
4274 can type `C-h k', do a scrollbar action, and see a description of this
|
|
|
4275 scrollbar action printed as if you had pressed a key sequence or
|
|
|
4276 selected a menu item).
|
|
|
4277
|
|
|
4278 The scrollbar behavior can be reprogrammed, by advising the
|
|
|
4279 `scrollbar-*' functions.
|
|
|
4280
|
|
|
4281
|
|
|
4282
|
|
|
4283 *** Key Bindings
|
|
|
4284 ----------------
|
|
|
4285
|
|
|
4286 The oft-used function `goto-line' now has its own binding: M-g.
|
|
|
4287
|
|
|
4288 New bindings are available for scrolling the "other" window: M-next,
|
|
|
4289 M-prior, M-home, M-end. (On many keyboards, `next' and `prior'
|
|
|
4290 labelled `PgUp' and `PgDn'.)
|
|
|
4291
|
|
|
4292 You can reactivate a deactivated Zmacs region, without having any
|
|
|
4293 other effects, with the binding M-C-z.
|
|
|
4294
|
|
|
4295 The bindings `M-u', `M-l', and `M-c' now work on the region (if a
|
|
|
4296 region is active) or work on a word, as before.
|
|
|
4297
|
|
|
4298 Shift-Control-G forces a "critical quit", which drops immediately into
|
|
|
4299 the debugger; see below.
|
|
|
4300
|
|
|
4301
|
|
|
4302
|
|
|
4303 *** Modeline
|
|
|
4304 ------------
|
|
|
4305
|
|
|
4306 The modeline can now have a 3-d look; this is enabled by default. The
|
|
|
4307 specifier variable `modeline-shadow-thickness' controls the size.
|
|
|
4308
|
|
|
4309 The modeline can now be turned off on a per-buffer, per-window,
|
|
|
4310 per-frame, or per-device basis. The specifier variable
|
|
|
4311 `has-modeline-p' controls whether the modeline is visible. See below
|
|
|
4312 for details about the vastly powerful specifier mechanism.
|
|
|
4313
|
|
|
4314 The modeline functions and variables have been renamed to be
|
|
|
4315 `*-modeline-*' rather than `*-mode-line-*'. Aliases are provided for
|
|
|
4316 all the old names.
|
|
|
4317
|
|
|
4318 Variable width fonts now work correctly when used in the modeline.
|
|
|
4319
|
|
|
4320
|
|
|
4321
|
|
|
4322 *** Minibuffer, Echo Area
|
|
|
4323 -------------------------
|
|
|
4324
|
|
|
4325 The minibuffer is no longer constrained to be one line high. The
|
|
|
4326 package rsz-minibuf.el is included to automatically resize the
|
|
|
4327 minibuffer when its contents are too big; enable this with
|
|
|
4328 `resize-minibuffer-mode'.
|
|
|
4329
|
|
|
4330 The echo area is now a true buffer, called " *Echo Area*". This
|
|
|
4331 allows you to customize the echo area behavior through
|
|
|
4332 before-change-functions and after-change-functions.
|
|
|
4333
|
|
|
4334
|
|
|
4335
|
|
|
4336 *** Specifiers
|
|
|
4337 --------------
|
|
|
4338
|
|
|
4339 XEmacs has a new concept called "specifiers", used to configure most
|
|
|
4340 display options (toolbar size and contents, scrollbar size, face
|
|
|
4341 properties, modeline visibility and shadow-thickness, glyphs, display
|
|
|
4342 tables, etc.). We are planning on converting all display
|
|
|
4343 characteristics to use specifiers, and obsoleting the clunky functions
|
|
|
4344 `frame-parameters' and `modify-frame-parameters'. Specifically:
|
|
|
4345
|
|
|
4346 -- You can specify values (called "instantiators") for particular
|
|
|
4347 "locales" (i.e. buffers, windows, frames, devices, or a global value).
|
|
|
4348 When determining what the actual value (or "instance") of a specifier
|
|
|
4349 is, the specifications that are provided are searched from most
|
|
|
4350 specific (i.e. buffer-local) to most general (i.e. global), looking
|
|
|
4351 for a matching one.
|
|
|
4352
|
|
|
4353 -- You can specify multiple instantiators for a particular locale.
|
|
|
4354 For example, when specifying what the foreground color of a face
|
|
|
4355 is in a particular buffer, you could specify two instantiators:
|
|
|
4356 "dark sea green" and "green". The color would then be dark sea
|
|
|
4357 green on devices that recognize that color, and green on other
|
|
|
4358 devices. You have effectively provided a fallback value to make
|
|
|
4359 sure you get reasonable behavior on all devices.
|
|
|
4360
|
|
|
4361 -- You can add one or more tags to an instantiator, where a tag
|
|
|
4362 is a symbol that has been previously registered with XEmacs.
|
|
|
4363 This allows you to identify your instantiators for later
|
|
|
4364 removal in a way that won't interfere with other applications
|
|
|
4365 using the same specifier. Furthermore, particular tags can
|
|
|
4366 be restricted to match only particular sorts of devices.
|
|
|
4367 Any tagged instantiator will be ignored if the device over which
|
|
|
4368 it is being instanced does not match any of its tags. This
|
|
|
4369 allows you, for example, to restrict an instantiator to a
|
|
|
4370 particular device type (X or TTY) and/or class (color, grayscale,
|
|
|
4371 or mono). (You might want to specify, for example, that a
|
|
|
4372 particular face is displayed in green on color devices and is
|
|
|
4373 underlined on mono devices.)
|
|
|
4374
|
|
|
4375 -- A full API is provided for manipulating specifiers, and full
|
|
|
4376 documentation is provided in the Lisp Reference Manual.
|
|
|
4377
|
|
|
4378
|
|
|
4379
|
|
|
4380 *** Basic Lisp Stuff
|
|
|
4381 --------------------
|
|
|
4382
|
|
|
4383 Common-Lisp backquote syntax is recognized. For example, the old
|
|
|
4384 expression
|
|
|
4385
|
|
|
4386 (` (a b (, c)))
|
|
|
4387
|
|
|
4388 can now be written
|
|
|
4389
|
|
|
4390 `(a b ,c)
|
|
|
4391
|
|
|
4392 The old backquote syntax is still accepted.
|
|
|
4393
|
|
|
4394 The new function `type-of' returns a symbol describing the type of a
|
|
|
4395 Lisp object (`integer', `string', `symbol', etc.)
|
|
|
4396
|
|
|
4397 Symbols beginning with a colon (called "keywords") are treated
|
|
|
4398 specially in that they are automatically made self-evaluating when
|
|
|
4399 they are interned into `obarray'. The new function `keywordp' returns
|
|
|
4400 whether a symbol begins with a colon.
|
|
|
4401
|
|
|
4402 `get', `put', and `remprop' have been generalized to allow you to set
|
|
|
4403 and retrieve properties on many different kinds of objects: symbols,
|
|
|
4404 strings, faces, glyphs, and extents (for extents, however, this is not
|
|
|
4405 yet implemented). They are joined by a new function `object-props'
|
|
|
4406 that returns all of the properties that have been set on an object.
|
|
|
4407
|
|
|
4408 New functions `plists-eq' and `plists-equal' are provided for
|
|
|
4409 comparing property lists (a property list is an alternating list
|
|
|
4410 of keys and values).
|
|
|
4411
|
|
|
4412 The Common-Lisp functions `caar', `cadr', `cdar', `cddr', `caaar', etc.
|
|
|
4413 (up to four a's and/or d's), `first', `second', `third', etc. (up to
|
|
|
4414 `tenth'), `last', `rest', and `endp' have been added, for more
|
|
|
4415 convenient manipulation of lists.
|
|
|
4416
|
|
|
4417 New function `mapvector' maps over a sequence and returns a vector
|
|
|
4418 of the results, analogous to `mapcar'.
|
|
|
4419
|
|
|
4420 New functions `rassoc', `remassoc', `remassq', `remrassoc', and
|
|
|
4421 `remrassq' are provided for working with alists.
|
|
|
4422
|
|
|
4423 New functions `defvaralias', `variable-alias' and `indirect-variable'
|
|
|
4424 are provided for creating variable aliases.
|
|
|
4425
|
|
|
4426 Strings have a modified-tick that is bumped every time a string
|
|
|
4427 is modified in-place with `aset' or `fillarray'. This is retrieved
|
|
|
4428 with the new function `string-modified-tick'.
|
|
|
4429
|
|
|
4430 New macro `push' destructively adds an element to the beginning of a
|
|
|
4431 list. New macro `pop' destructively removes and returns the first
|
|
|
4432 element of a list.
|
|
|
4433
|
|
|
4434
|
|
|
4435
|
|
|
4436 *** Buffers
|
|
|
4437 -----------
|
|
|
4438
|
|
|
4439 Most functions that operate on buffer text now take an optional BUFFER
|
|
|
4440 argument, specifying which buffer they operate on. (Previously, they
|
|
|
4441 always operated on the current buffer.)
|
|
|
4442
|
|
|
4443 The new function `transpose-regions' is provided, ported from GNU
|
|
|
4444 Emacs.
|
|
|
4445
|
|
|
4446 The new function `save-current-buffer' works like `save-excursion'
|
|
|
4447 but only saves the current buffer, not the location of point in
|
|
|
4448 that buffer.
|
|
|
4449
|
|
|
4450
|
|
|
4451
|
|
|
4452 *** Devices
|
|
|
4453 -----------
|
|
|
4454
|
|
|
4455 XEmacs has a new concept of "device", which is represents a particular
|
|
|
4456 X display or TTY connection. `make-frame' has a new, optional device
|
|
|
4457 parameter that allows you to specify which device the frame is to be
|
|
|
4458 created on.
|
|
|
4459
|
|
|
4460 Multiple simultaneous TTY and/or X connections may be made. The
|
|
|
4461 specifier mechanism provides reasonable behavior of glyphs, faces,
|
|
|
4462 etc. over heterogeneous device types and over devices whose individual
|
|
|
4463 capabilities may vary.
|
|
|
4464
|
|
|
4465 There is also a device type called "stream" that represents a STDIO
|
|
|
4466 device that has no redisplay or cursor-motion capabilities, such as
|
|
|
4467 the "glass terminal" that XEmacs uses when it is run noninteractively.
|
|
|
4468 There is not all that much you can do with stream devices currently;
|
|
|
4469 please let us know if there are good uses you can think of for this
|
|
|
4470 capability. (For example, log files?)
|
|
|
4471
|
|
|
4472 A new device API is provided. Functions are provided such as
|
|
|
4473 `device-name' (the name of the device, which generally is based on the
|
|
|
4474 X display or TTY file name), `device-type' (X, TTY, or stream),
|
|
|
4475 `device-class' (color, grayscale, or mono), etc. See the Lisp
|
|
|
4476 Reference Manual.
|
|
|
4477
|
|
|
4478 Many functions have been extended to contain an additional, optional
|
|
|
4479 device argument, where such an extension makes sense. In general, if
|
|
|
4480 the argument is omitted, it is equivalent to specifying
|
|
|
4481 `(selected-device)'.
|
|
|
4482
|
|
|
4483 Many previous functions and variables are obsoleted in favor of the
|
|
|
4484 device API. For example, `window-system' is obsoleted by
|
|
|
4485 `device-type', and `x-color-display-p' and friends are obsoleted by
|
|
|
4486 `device-class'.
|
|
|
4487
|
|
46
|
4488 *** NOTE **: The obsolete variable `window-system' is going
|
|
0
|
4489 to be deleted soon, probably in 19.14. Please correct all
|
|
|
4490 your code to use `device-type'.
|
|
|
4491
|
|
46
|
4492 *** INCOMPATIBLE CHANGE **: The function `x-display-visual-class'
|
|
0
|
4493 returns different values from previous versions of XEmacs.
|
|
|
4494
|
|
|
4495
|
|
|
4496
|
|
|
4497 *** Errors, Warnings, C-g
|
|
|
4498 -------------------------
|
|
|
4499
|
|
|
4500 There is a new warnings system implemented. Many warnings that were
|
|
|
4501 formerly displayed in various ad-hoc ways (e.g. warnings about screwy
|
|
|
4502 modifier mappings, messages about failures handling the mouse cursor
|
|
|
4503 and errors in a gc-hook) have been regularized through this system.
|
|
|
4504 The new function `warn' displays a warning before the next redisplay
|
|
|
4505 (the actually display of the warning messages is accomplished through
|
|
|
4506 `display-warning-buffer'). Both `warn' and `display-warning-buffer'
|
|
|
4507 are Lisp functions (the C code calls out to them as necessary), and
|
|
|
4508 thus you can customize the warning system.
|
|
|
4509
|
|
|
4510 Under an X display, you can press Shift-Control-G to force a "critical
|
|
|
4511 quit". This will immediately display a backtrace and pop you into the
|
|
|
4512 debugger, regardless of the settings of `inhibit-quit' and
|
|
|
4513 `debug-on-quit'.
|
|
|
4514
|
|
|
4515 C-g now works properly even on systems that don't implement SIGIO or
|
|
|
4516 for which SIGIO is broken (e.g. IRIX 5.3 and older versions of Linux).
|
|
|
4517 In addition, the SIGIO support has been fixed for many systems on
|
|
|
4518 which it didn't always work properly before (e.g. HPUX and Solaris).
|
|
|
4519
|
|
46
|
4520
|
|
0
|
4521
|
|
|
4522 *** Events
|
|
|
4523 ----------
|
|
|
4524
|
|
46
|
4525 *** INCOMPATIBLE CHANGE **: Many event functions have been changed to
|
|
0
|
4526 accept and return windows instead of frames.
|
|
|
4527
|
|
|
4528 New function: `event-live-p', specifying whether `deallocate-event'
|
|
|
4529 has been called on an event.
|
|
|
4530
|
|
|
4531 The "menu event" type has been renamed to "misc-user event", and
|
|
|
4532 encompasses scrollbar events as well as menu events. We are planning
|
|
|
4533 on making it also encompass toolbar events in a future release.
|
|
|
4534
|
|
|
4535 New functions are provided for determining whether an particular
|
|
|
4536 sections of a frame: `event-over-border-p', `event-over-glyph-p',
|
|
|
4537 `event-over-modeline-p', `event-over-text-area-p', and
|
|
|
4538 `event-over-toolbar-p'. The old, kludgey methods of checking the
|
|
|
4539 window-height, the internal-border-width, etc. are unreliable and
|
|
|
4540 should not be used.
|
|
|
4541
|
|
|
4542 New functions `event-window-x-pixel' and `event-window-y-pixel' are
|
|
|
4543 provided for determining where in a particular window an event
|
|
|
4544 happened.
|
|
|
4545
|
|
|
4546 New functions `event-glyph-x-pixel' and `event-glyph-y-pixel' are
|
|
|
4547 provided for determining where in a particular glyph an event
|
|
|
4548 happened.
|
|
|
4549
|
|
|
4550 New function `event-closest-point', which returns the closest buffer
|
|
|
4551 position to the event even if the event did not occur over any text.
|
|
|
4552
|
|
|
4553 New variable `unread-command-events', superseding the older
|
|
|
4554 `unread-command-event'.
|
|
|
4555
|
|
|
4556 Many event-loop bugs have been fixed.
|
|
|
4557
|
|
|
4558
|
|
|
4559
|
|
|
4560 *** Extents
|
|
|
4561 -----------
|
|
|
4562
|
|
|
4563 The extent code has been largely rewritten. It should be faster and
|
|
|
4564 more reliable.
|
|
|
4565
|
|
|
4566 The text-property implementation has been greatly improved.
|
|
|
4567
|
|
|
4568 Some new extent primitives are provided to return the position of the
|
|
|
4569 next or previous property change in a buffer.
|
|
|
4570
|
|
|
4571 Extents can now have a parent specified; then all of its properties
|
|
|
4572 (except for the buffer it's in and its position in that buffer) come
|
|
|
4573 from that extent. Hierarchies of such extents can be created.
|
|
|
4574
|
|
|
4575 Extents now have a `detachable' property that controls what happens
|
|
|
4576 (they either get detached or shrink down to zero-length) when their
|
|
|
4577 text is deleted. Previously, such extents would always be detached.
|
|
|
4578
|
|
|
4579 The `invisible' property on extents now works.
|
|
|
4580
|
|
|
4581 `map-extents' has three additional parameters that provide more
|
|
|
4582 control over which extents are mapped.
|
|
|
4583
|
|
|
4584 `map-extents' deals better with changes made to extents in the
|
|
|
4585 buffer being mapped over.
|
|
|
4586
|
|
|
4587 A new function `mapcar-extents' (an alternative to `map-extents') has
|
|
|
4588 been provided and should be easier to use than `map-extents'.
|
|
|
4589
|
|
|
4590
|
|
|
4591
|
|
|
4592 *** Faces
|
|
|
4593 ---------
|
|
|
4594
|
|
|
4595 Faces can now be buffer-local, window-local, and device-local as well
|
|
|
4596 as frame-local, and can be further restricted to a particular device
|
|
|
4597 type or class. The way in which faces can be controlled is now based
|
|
|
4598 on the general and powerful specifier mechanism; see above.
|
|
|
4599
|
|
|
4600 The new function `set-face-property' generalizes `set-face-font',
|
|
|
4601 `set-face-foreground', etc. and takes many new optional arguments, in
|
|
|
4602 accordance with the new specifier mechanism.
|
|
|
4603
|
|
|
4604 The new functions `face-property' and `face-property-instance'
|
|
|
4605 generalize `face-font', `face-foreground', etc. and take many new
|
|
|
4606 optional arguments, in accordance with the new specifier mechanism.
|
|
|
4607 (`face-property' returns the value, if any, that was specified for a
|
|
|
4608 particular locale, and `face-property-instance' returns the actual
|
|
|
4609 value that will be used for display. See the section on specifiers.)
|
|
|
4610
|
|
|
4611 The functions `face-font', `face-foreground', `face-background',
|
|
|
4612 `set-face-font', `set-face-foreground', `set-face-background',
|
|
|
4613 etc. are now convenience functions, trivially implemented using
|
|
|
4614 `face-property' and `set-face-property' and take new optioanl
|
|
|
4615 arguments in accordance with those functions. New convenience
|
|
|
4616 functions `face-font-instance', `face-foreground-instance',
|
|
|
4617 `face-background-instance', etc. are provided and are trivially
|
|
|
4618 implemented using `face-property-instance'.
|
|
|
4619
|
|
|
4620 Inheritance of face properties can now be specified. Each individual
|
|
|
4621 face property can inherit differently from other properties, or not
|
|
|
4622 inherit at all.
|
|
|
4623
|
|
|
4624 You can set user-defined properties on faces using
|
|
|
4625 `set-face-property'.
|
|
|
4626
|
|
|
4627 You can create "temporary" faces, which are faces that disappear
|
|
|
4628 when they are no longer in use. This is as opposed to normal
|
|
|
4629 faces, which stay around forever.
|
|
|
4630
|
|
|
4631 The function `make-face' takes a new optional argument specifying
|
|
|
4632 whether a face should be permanent or temporary, and returns the
|
|
|
4633 actual face object rather than the face symbol, as in previous
|
|
|
4634 versions of XEmacs.
|
|
|
4635
|
|
|
4636 The function `face-list' takes a new optional argument specifying
|
|
|
4637 whether permanent, temporary, or both kinds of faces should be
|
|
|
4638 returned.
|
|
|
4639
|
|
|
4640 Faces have new TTY-specific properties: `highlight', `reverse',
|
|
|
4641 `alternate', `blinking', and `dim'.
|
|
|
4642
|
|
|
4643 Redisplay is smarter about dealing with face changes: changes to a
|
|
|
4644 particular face no longer cause all frames to be cleared and
|
|
|
4645 redisplayed.
|
|
|
4646
|
|
|
4647 The Edit-Faces package is provided for interactively changing faces.
|
|
|
4648 A menu item on the options menu is provided for this.
|
|
|
4649
|
|
|
4650 New functions are provided for retrieving the ascent, descent, height,
|
|
|
4651 and width of a character in a particular face.
|
|
|
4652
|
|
|
4653
|
|
|
4654
|
|
|
4655 *** Fonts, Colors
|
|
|
4656 -----------------
|
|
|
4657
|
|
46
|
4658 *** INCOMPATIBLE CHANGE **: The old "font" and "pixel" objects are gone.
|
|
0
|
4659 In place are new objects "font specifier", "font instance", "color
|
|
|
4660 specifier", and "color instance". Functions `font-name', `pixel-name'
|
|
|
4661 (an obsolete alias for `color-name'), etc. are now convenience
|
|
|
4662 functions for working with font and color specifiers. Old code that
|
|
|
4663 is not too sophisticated about working with font and pixel objects may
|
|
|
4664 still work, though. (For example, the idiom `(font-name (face-font
|
|
|
4665 'default))' still works.)
|
|
|
4666
|
|
|
4667 You can now extract the RGB components of a color-instance object
|
|
|
4668 (similar to the old pixel object) with the function
|
|
|
4669 `color-instance-rgb-components'. There is also a convenience function
|
|
|
4670 `color-rgb-components' for working with color specifiers.
|
|
|
4671
|
|
|
4672 If there are no more colors available in the colormap, the nearest
|
|
|
4673 existing color will be used when allocating a new color.
|
|
|
4674
|
|
|
4675
|
|
|
4676
|
|
|
4677 *** Frames
|
|
|
4678 ----------
|
|
|
4679
|
|
|
4680 What used to be called "screens" are now called "frames", for clarity
|
|
|
4681 and consistency with GNU Emacs. Aliases are provided for all the old
|
|
|
4682 screen functions and variables, to avoid introducing a huge E-Lisp
|
|
|
4683 incompatibility.
|
|
|
4684
|
|
|
4685 The frame code has been merged with GNU Emacs 19.28, providing
|
|
|
4686 improved functionality for many functions.
|
|
|
4687
|
|
|
4688
|
|
|
4689
|
|
|
4690 *** Glyphs, Images, and Pixmaps
|
|
|
4691 -------------------------------
|
|
|
4692
|
|
|
4693 Glyphs (used in various places, i.e. as begin-glyphs and end-glyphs
|
|
|
4694 attached to extents and appearing in a buffer or in marginal
|
|
|
4695 annotations; as the truncator and continuor glyphs marking line wrap
|
|
|
4696 or truncation; as an overlay at the beginning of a line; as the
|
|
|
4697 displayable element in a toolbar button; etc.) can now be
|
|
|
4698 buffer-local, window-local, frame-local, and device-local, and can be
|
|
|
4699 further restricted to a particular device type or class. The way in
|
|
|
4700 which faces can be controlled is now based on the general and powerful
|
|
|
4701 specifier mechanism; see above.
|
|
|
4702
|
|
46
|
4703 *** INCOMPATIBLE CHANGE **: The glyph and pixmap API has been completely
|
|
0
|
4704 overhauled. A new Lisp object "glyph" is provided and should be used
|
|
|
4705 where the old "pixmap" object would have been used. The pixmap object
|
|
|
4706 exists no longer. There are also new Lisp objects "image specifier"
|
|
|
4707 and "image instance" (an image-instance is the closest equivalent to
|
|
|
4708 what a pixmap object was). More work on glyphs and images is slated
|
|
|
4709 for 19.13. The glyph and image docs in the Lisp Reference Manual are
|
|
|
4710 incomplete and will be finished in 19.13.
|
|
|
4711
|
|
|
4712 The new function `set-glyph-property' allows setting of all the
|
|
|
4713 glyph properties (`baseline', `contrib-p', etc.). Convenience
|
|
|
4714 functions for particular properties are also provided, just like
|
|
|
4715 for faces.
|
|
|
4716
|
|
|
4717 You can set user-defined properties on glyphs using the new function
|
|
|
4718 `set-glyph-property'.
|
|
|
4719
|
|
|
4720 When displaying pixmaps, existing, closest-matching colors will be
|
|
|
4721 used if the colormap is full.
|
|
|
4722
|
|
|
4723 If the compface library is compiled into XEmacs, there is built-in
|
|
|
4724 support for displaying X-Face bitmaps. (These are typically small
|
|
|
4725 pictures of people's faces, included in a mail message through the
|
|
|
4726 X-Face: header.) VM and highlight-headers will automatically use the
|
|
|
4727 built-in X-Face support if it is available.
|
|
|
4728
|
|
|
4729 Annotations in the right margin (as well as the left margin) are now
|
|
|
4730 implemented. The left and right margin width functions have been
|
|
|
4731 superseded by the specifier variables `left-margin-width' and
|
|
|
4732 `right-margin-width', allowing much more flexible control through the
|
|
|
4733 specifier mechanism.
|
|
|
4734
|
|
46
|
4735 *** INCOMPATIBLE CHANGE **: The variable `use-left-overflow',
|
|
0
|
4736 for controlling annotations in the left margin, is now a specifier
|
|
|
4737 variable instead of a buffer-local variable. (There is also a new
|
|
|
4738 variable `use-right-overflow', that is complementary.)
|
|
|
4739
|
|
|
4740
|
|
|
4741
|
|
|
4742 *** Hashing
|
|
|
4743 -----------
|
|
|
4744
|
|
|
4745 Two new types of weak hashtables can be created: key-weak and
|
|
|
4746 value-weak. In a key-weak hashtable, an entry remains around
|
|
|
4747 if its key is referenced elsewhere, regardless of whether this
|
|
|
4748 is also the case for the value. Value-weak hashtables are
|
|
|
4749 complementary. (This is as opposed to the traditional weak
|
|
|
4750 hashtables, where an entry remains around only if both the
|
|
|
4751 key and value are referenced elsewhere.) New functions
|
|
|
4752 `make-key-weak-hashtable' and `make-value-weak-hashtable'
|
|
|
4753 are provided for creating these hashtables.
|
|
|
4754
|
|
|
4755 The new function `md5' is provided for performing an MD5
|
|
|
4756 hash of an object. MD5 is a secure message digest algorithm
|
|
|
4757 developed by RSA, inc.
|
|
|
4758
|
|
|
4759
|
|
|
4760
|
|
|
4761 *** Keymaps
|
|
|
4762 -----------
|
|
|
4763
|
|
42
|
4764 The GNU Emacs concept of `function-key-map' is now partially
|
|
0
|
4765 implemented. This allows conversion of function-key escape sequences
|
|
|
4766 such as `ESC [ 1 1 ~' into an equivalent human-readable keysym such as
|
|
|
4767 `F1'. This work will be completed in 19.14. The function-key map is
|
|
|
4768 device-local and controllable through the functions
|
|
|
4769 `device-function-key-map' and `set-device-function-key-map'.
|
|
|
4770
|
|
|
4771 `where-is-internal' now correctly searches minor-mode keymaps,
|
|
|
4772 extent-local keymaps, etc. As a side effect of this, menu items will
|
|
|
4773 now correctly show the keyboard equivalent for commands that are
|
|
|
4774 available through a minor-mode keymap, extent-local keymap, etc.
|
|
|
4775
|
|
46
|
4776 *** INCOMPATIBLE CHANGE **: The modifier key "Symbol" has
|
|
0
|
4777 been renamed to "Alt", for compatibility with the rest of the world.
|
|
|
4778 Keep in mind that on many keyboards, the key labelled "Alt" actually
|
|
|
4779 generates the "Meta" modifier. (On Sun keyboards, however, the key
|
|
|
4780 labelled "Alt" does indeed generate the "Alt" modifier, and the key
|
|
|
4781 labelled with a diamond generates the "Meta" modifier.)
|
|
|
4782
|
|
|
4783
|
|
|
4784
|
|
|
4785 *** Mouse, Active Region
|
|
|
4786 ------------------------
|
|
|
4787
|
|
|
4788 The mouse internals in mouse.el have been rewritten. Hooks have been
|
|
|
4789 provided for easier customization of mouse behavior. For example, you
|
|
|
4790 can now easily specify an action to be invoked on single-click
|
|
|
4791 (i.e. down-up without appreciable motion), double-click, drag-up, etc.
|
|
|
4792
|
|
42
|
4793 Some code from GNU Emacs has been ported over, generalizing some of
|
|
0
|
4794 the X-specific mouse stuff.
|
|
|
4795
|
|
46
|
4796 *** INCOMPATIBLE CHANGE **: The function `set-mouse-position' accepts
|
|
0
|
4797 a window instead of a frame.
|
|
|
4798
|
|
|
4799 New function `mouse-position' that obsoletes and is more powerful than
|
|
|
4800 `read-mouse-position'.
|
|
|
4801
|
|
|
4802 New functions `mouse-pixel-positon' and `set-mouse-pixel-position' for
|
|
|
4803 working with pixels instead of characters.
|
|
|
4804
|
|
|
4805 The active (Zmacs) region is now highlighted using the `zmacs-region-face'
|
|
|
4806 instead of the `primary-selection-face'; this generalizes what used
|
|
|
4807 to be X-specific.
|
|
|
4808
|
|
|
4809 New functions `region-active-p', `region-exists-p', and `activate-region'
|
|
|
4810 provide a uniform API for dealing with the region irrespective of
|
|
|
4811 whether the variable `zmacs-regions' is set.
|
|
|
4812
|
|
|
4813 XEmacs is now a better X citizen with respect to the primary selection:
|
|
|
4814 it does not stomp on the primary selection quite so much. This makes
|
|
|
4815 things more manageable if you set `zmacs-regions' to nil.
|
|
|
4816
|
|
|
4817
|
|
|
4818
|
|
|
4819 *** Processes
|
|
|
4820 -------------
|
|
|
4821
|
|
|
4822 Various process race conditions and bugs have been fixed. Problems
|
|
|
4823 with process termination not getting noticed until much later (if at
|
|
|
4824 all) should be gone now, as well as problems with zombie processes
|
|
|
4825 under some systems.
|
|
|
4826
|
|
|
4827 SOCKS support is now included. SOCKS is a package that allows hosts
|
|
|
4828 behind a firewall to gain full access to the Internet without
|
|
|
4829 requiring direct IP reachability.
|
|
|
4830
|
|
|
4831
|
|
|
4832
|
|
|
4833 *** Windows
|
|
|
4834 -----------
|
|
|
4835
|
|
|
4836 Windows 95 is still not out yet.
|
|
|
4837
|
|
46
|
4838 *** INCOMPATIBLE CHANGE **: The functions `locate-window-from-coordinates'
|
|
0
|
4839 and `window-edges' have been eliminated. It no longer makes sense to
|
|
|
4840 work with windows in terms of character positions, because windows can
|
|
|
4841 (and often do) have many differently-sized fonts in them, because the
|
|
|
4842 3-D modeline is not exactly one line high, etc.
|
|
|
4843
|
|
|
4844 The new functions `window-pixel-edges', `window-highest-p',
|
|
|
4845 `window-lowest-p', `frame-highest-window', and `frame-lowest-window'
|
|
|
4846 are provided as substitutes for the above-mentioned, deleted
|
|
|
4847 functions.
|
|
|
4848
|
|
|
4849 The function `window-end' now takes an optional GUARANTEE argument
|
|
|
4850 that will ensure that the value is actually correct as of the next
|
|
|
4851 redisplay.
|
|
|
4852
|
|
|
4853 The window code has been merged with GNU Emacs 19.28, providing
|
|
|
4854 improved functionality for many functions.
|
|
|
4855
|
|
|
4856
|
|
|
4857
|
|
|
4858 *** System-Specific Information
|
|
|
4859 -------------------------------
|
|
|
4860
|
|
|
4861 Georg Nikodym's dynodump package is provided, for proper unexec()ing
|
|
|
4862 on Solaris systems. Executables built on Solaris 2.3 can now run on
|
|
|
4863 Solaris 2.4 without crashing; similarly with executables built on one
|
|
|
4864 type of Sun machine and run on another.
|
|
|
4865
|
|
|
4866 AIX 4.x is supported.
|
|
|
4867
|
|
|
4868 The NeXTstep operating system is supported in TTY mode (this is still
|
|
|
4869 in beta). There are plans to port XEmacs to the NeXTstep window
|
|
|
4870 system, but it may be awhile before this is complete.
|
|
|
4871
|
|
|
4872 Problems with the `round' function causing arithmetic errors on HPUX 9
|
|
|
4873 have been fixed.
|
|
|
4874
|
|
|
4875 You can now build XEmacs as an ELF executable on Linux systems that
|
|
|
4876 support ELF.
|
|
|
4877
|
|
|
4878 Various other new system configurations are supported.
|
|
|
4879
|
|
|
4880
|
|
|
4881
|
|
|
4882
|
|
|
4883 ** Major Differences Between 19.10 and 19.11
|
|
|
4884 ============================================
|
|
46
|
4885
|
|
0
|
4886 The name has changed from "Lucid Emacs" to "XEmacs". Along with this is a
|
|
|
4887 new canonical ftp site: cs.uiuc.edu:/pub/xemacs.
|
|
|
4888
|
|
|
4889 XEmacs now has its very own World Wide Web page! It contains a
|
|
|
4890 complete list of the FTP distribution sites, the most recent FAQ,
|
|
|
4891 pointers to Emacs Lisp packages not included with the distribution, and
|
|
|
4892 other useful stuff. Check it out at http://xemacs.cs.uiuc.edu/.
|
|
|
4893
|
|
|
4894 A preliminary New Users Guide.
|
|
|
4895
|
|
|
4896 cc-mode.el now provides the default C, C++ and Objective-C modes.
|
|
|
4897
|
|
|
4898 The primary goal of this release is stability. Very few new features have
|
|
|
4899 been introduced but lots of bugs have been fixed. Many of the Emacs Lisp
|
|
|
4900 packages have been updated.
|
|
|
4901
|
|
|
4902 Some of the new Emacs Lisp packages ---
|
|
|
4903
|
|
|
4904 tcl-mode.el: major mode for editing TCL code
|
|
|
4905
|
|
|
4906 fast-lock.el: saves and restores font-lock highlighting, greatly
|
|
|
4907 reducing the time necessary for loading a font-lock'ed
|
|
|
4908 file
|
|
|
4909
|
|
|
4910 ps-print.el: prints buffers to Postscript printers preserving the
|
|
|
4911 buffer's bold and italic text attributes
|
|
|
4912
|
|
|
4913 toolbar.el: provides a "fake" toolbar for use with XEmacs (an
|
|
|
4914 integrated one will be included with 19.12)
|
|
|
4915
|
|
|
4916
|
|
|
4917 ** Major Differences Between 19.9 and 19.10
|
|
|
4918 ===========================================
|
|
|
4919
|
|
|
4920 The GNU `configure' system is now used to build lemacs.
|
|
|
4921
|
|
|
4922 The Emacs Manual and Emacs Lisp Reference Manual now document version 19.10.
|
|
|
4923 If you notice any errors, please let us know.
|
|
|
4924
|
|
|
4925 When pixmaps are displayed in a buffer, they contribute to the line height -
|
|
|
4926 that is, if the glyph is taller than the rest of the text on the line, the
|
|
|
4927 line will be as tall as necessary to display the glyph.
|
|
|
4928
|
|
|
4929 In addition to using arbitrary sound files as emacs beeps, one can control
|
|
|
4930 the pitch and duration of the standard X beep, on X servers which allow that
|
|
|
4931 (Note: most don't.)
|
|
|
4932
|
|
|
4933 There is support for playing sounds on systems with NetAudio servers.
|
|
|
4934
|
|
|
4935 Minor modes may have mode-specific key bindings; keymaps may have an arbitrary
|
|
|
4936 number of parent maps.
|
|
|
4937
|
|
|
4938 Menus can have toggle and radio buttons in them.
|
|
|
4939
|
|
|
4940 There is a font selection menu.
|
|
|
4941
|
|
|
4942 Some default key bindings have changed to match FSF19; the new bindings are
|
|
|
4943
|
|
|
4944 Screen-related commands:
|
|
|
4945 C-x 5 2 make-screen
|
|
|
4946 C-x 5 0 delete-screen
|
|
|
4947 C-x 5 b switch-to-buffer-other-screen
|
|
|
4948 C-x 5 f find-file-other-screen
|
|
|
4949 C-x 5 C-f find-file-other-screen
|
|
|
4950 C-x 5 m mail-other-screen
|
|
|
4951 C-x 5 o other-screen
|
|
|
4952 C-x 5 r find-file-read-only-other-screen
|
|
|
4953 Abbrev-related commands:
|
|
|
4954 C-x a l add-mode-abbrev
|
|
|
4955 C-x a C-a add-mode-abbrev
|
|
|
4956 C-x a g add-global-abbrev
|
|
|
4957 C-x a + add-mode-abbrev
|
|
|
4958 C-x a i g inverse-add-global-abbrev
|
|
|
4959 C-x a i l inverse-add-mode-abbrev
|
|
|
4960 C-x a - inverse-add-global-abbrev
|
|
|
4961 C-x a e expand-abbrev
|
|
|
4962 C-x a ' expand-abbrev
|
|
|
4963 Register-related commands:
|
|
|
4964 C-x r C-SPC point-to-register
|
|
|
4965 C-x r SPC point-to-register
|
|
|
4966 C-x r j jump-to-register
|
|
|
4967 C-x r s copy-to-register
|
|
|
4968 C-x r x copy-to-register
|
|
|
4969 C-x r i insert-register
|
|
|
4970 C-x r g insert-register
|
|
|
4971 C-x r r copy-rectangle-to-register
|
|
|
4972 C-x r c clear-rectangle
|
|
|
4973 C-x r k kill-rectangle
|
|
|
4974 C-x r y yank-rectangle
|
|
|
4975 C-x r o open-rectangle
|
|
|
4976 C-x r t string-rectangle
|
|
|
4977 C-x r w window-configuration-to-register
|
|
|
4978 Narrowing-related commands:
|
|
|
4979 C-x n n narrow-to-region
|
|
|
4980 C-x n w widen
|
|
|
4981 Other changes:
|
|
|
4982 C-x 3 split-window-horizontally (was undefined)
|
|
|
4983 C-x - shrink-window-if-larger-than-buffer
|
|
|
4984 C-x + balance-windows
|
|
|
4985
|
|
46
|
4986 The variable allow-deletion-of-last-visible-screen has been removed, since
|
|
0
|
4987 it was widely hated. You can now always delete the last visible screen if
|
|
|
4988 there are other iconified screens in existence.
|
|
|
4989
|
|
|
4990 ToolTalk support is provided.
|
|
|
4991
|
|
|
4992 An Emacs screen can be placed within an "external client widget" managed
|
|
|
4993 by another application. This allows an application to use an Emacs screen
|
|
|
4994 as its text pane rather than the standard Text widget that is provided
|
|
|
4995 with Motif or Athena.
|
|
|
4996
|
|
|
4997 Additional compatibility with Epoch is provided (though this is not yet
|
|
|
4998 complete.)
|
|
|
4999
|
|
|
5000
|
|
|
5001 ** Major Differences Between 19.8 and 19.9
|
|
|
5002 ==========================================
|
|
|
5003
|
|
|
5004 Scrollbars! If you have Motif, these are real Motif scrollbars; otherwise,
|
|
|
5005 Athena scrollbars are used. They obey all the usual resources of their
|
|
|
5006 respective toolkits.
|
|
|
5007
|
|
2
|
5008 There is now an implementation of dialog boxes based on the Athena
|
|
0
|
5009 widgets, as well as the existing Motif implementation.
|
|
|
5010
|
|
46
|
5011 This release works with Motif 1.2 as well as 1.1. If you link with Motif,
|
|
0
|
5012 you do not also need to link with Athena.
|
|
|
5013
|
|
|
5014 If you compile lwlib with both USE_MOTIF and USE_LUCID defined (which is the
|
|
|
5015 recommended configuration) then the Lucid menus will draw text using the Motif
|
|
|
5016 string-drawing library, instead of the Xlib one. The reason for this is that
|
|
|
5017 one can take advantage of the XmString facilities for including non-Latin1
|
|
|
5018 characters in resource specifications. However, this is a user-visible change
|
|
46
|
5019 in that, in this configuration, the menubar will use the "*fontList" resource
|
|
0
|
5020 in preference to the "*font" resource, if it is set.
|
|
|
5021
|
|
|
5022 It's possible to make extents which are copied/pasted by kill and undo.
|
|
|
5023 There is an implementation of FSF19-style text properties based on this.
|
|
|
5024
|
|
|
5025 There is a new variable, minibuffer-max-depth, which is intended to circumvent
|
|
|
5026 a common source of confusion among new Emacs users. Since, under a window
|
|
|
5027 system, it's easy to jump out of the minibuffer (by doing M-x, then getting
|
|
|
5028 distracted, and clicking elsewhere) many, many novice users have had the
|
|
|
5029 problem of having multiple minibuffers build up, even to the point of
|
|
|
5030 exhausting the lisp stack. So the default behavior is to disallow the
|
|
|
5031 minibuffer to ever be reinvoked while active; if you attempt to do so, you
|
|
|
5032 will be prompted about it.
|
|
|
5033
|
|
|
5034 There is a new variable, teach-extended-commands-p, which if set, will cause
|
|
|
5035 `M-x' to remind you of any key bindings of the command you just invoked the
|
|
|
5036 "long way."
|
|
|
5037
|
|
|
5038 There are menus in Dired, Tar, Comint, Compile, and Grep modes.
|
|
|
5039
|
|
|
5040 There is a menu of window management commands on the right mouse button over
|
|
|
5041 the modelines.
|
|
|
5042
|
|
46
|
5043 Popup menus now have titles at the top; this is controlled by the new
|
|
0
|
5044 variable `popup-menu-titles'.
|
|
|
5045
|
|
|
5046 The `Find' key on Sun keyboards will search for the next (or previous)
|
|
|
5047 occurrence of the selected text, as in OpenWindows programs.
|
|
|
5048
|
|
|
5049 The `timer' package has been renamed to `itimer' to avoid a conflict with
|
|
|
5050 a different package called `timer'.
|
|
|
5051
|
|
|
5052 VM 5.40 is included.
|
|
|
5053
|
|
|
5054 W3, the emacs interface to the World Wide Web, is included.
|
|
|
5055
|
|
|
5056 Felix Lee's GNUS speedups have been installed, including his new version of
|
|
|
5057 nntp.el which makes GNUS efficiently utilize the NNTP XOVER command if
|
|
46
|
5058 available (which is much faster.)
|
|
0
|
5059
|
|
|
5060 GNUS should also be much friendlier to new users: it starts up much faster,
|
|
|
5061 and doesn't (necessarily) subscribe you to every single newsgroup.
|
|
|
5062
|
|
|
5063 The byte-compiler issues a new class of warnings: variables which are
|
|
|
5064 bound but not used. This is merely an advisory, and does not mean the
|
|
|
5065 code is incorrect; you can disable these warnings in the usual way with
|
|
|
5066 the `byte-compiler-options' macro.
|
|
|
5067
|
|
|
5068 the `start-open' and `end-open' extent properties, for specifying whether
|
|
|
5069 characters inserted exactly at a boundary of an extent should go into the
|
|
|
5070 extent or out of it, now work correctly.
|
|
|
5071
|
|
|
5072 The `extent-data' slot has been generalized/replaced with a property list,
|
|
|
5073 so it's easier to attach arbitrary data to extent objects.
|
|
|
5074
|
|
|
5075 The `event-modifiers' and `event-modifier-bits' functions work on motion
|
|
|
5076 events as well as other mouse and keyboard events.
|
|
|
5077
|
|
|
5078 Forms-mode uses fonts and read-only regions.
|
|
|
5079
|
|
|
5080 The behavior of the -geometry command line option should be correct now.
|
|
|
5081
|
|
|
5082 The `iconic' screen parameter works when passed to x-create-screen.
|
|
|
5083
|
|
|
5084 The user's manual now documents Lucid Emacs 19.9.
|
|
|
5085
|
|
|
5086 The relocating buffer allocator is turned on by default; this means that when
|
|
46
|
5087 buffers are killed, their storage will be returned to the operating system,
|
|
0
|
5088 and the size of the emacs process will shrink.
|
|
|
5089
|
|
|
5090 CAVEAT: code which contains calls to certain `face' accessor functions will
|
|
|
5091 need to be recompiled by version 19.9 before it will work. The functions
|
|
|
5092 whose callers must be recompiled are: face-font, face-foreground,
|
|
|
5093 face-background, face-background-pixmap, and face-underline-p. The symptom
|
|
|
5094 of this problem is the error "Wrong type argument, arrayp, #<face ... >".
|
|
|
5095 The .elc files generated by version 19.9 will work in 19.6 and 19.8, but
|
|
|
5096 older .elc files which contain calls to these functions will not work in 19.9.
|
|
|
5097
|
|
|
5098 Work In Progress:
|
|
|
5099
|
|
|
5100 - We have been in the process of internationalizing Lucid Emacs. This code is
|
|
|
5101 ***not*** ready for general use yet. However, the code is included (and
|
|
|
5102 turned off by default) in this release.
|
|
|
5103
|
|
|
5104 - If you define I18N2 at compile-time, then sorting/collation will be done
|
|
|
5105 according to the locale returned by setlocale().
|
|
|
5106
|
|
|
5107 - If you define I18N3 at compile-time, then all messages printed by lemacs
|
|
|
5108 will be filtered through the gettext() library routine, to enable the use
|
|
|
5109 of locale-specific translation catalogues. The current implementation of
|
|
46
|
5110 this is quite dependent on Solaris 2, and has a very large impact on
|
|
0
|
5111 existing code, therefore we are going to be making major changes soon.
|
|
|
5112 (You'll notice calls to `gettext' and `GETTEXT' scattered around much of
|
|
|
5113 the lisp and C code; ignore it, this will be going away.)
|
|
|
5114
|
|
|
5115 - If you define I18N4 at compile-time, then lemacs will internally use a
|
|
|
5116 wide representation of characters, enabling the use of large character
|
|
46
|
5117 sets such as Kanji. This code is very OS dependent: it requires X11R5,
|
|
0
|
5118 and several OS-supplied library routines for reading and writing wide
|
|
|
5119 characters (getwc(), putwc(), and a few others.) Performance is also a
|
|
|
5120 problem. This code is also scheduled for a major overhaul, with the
|
|
46
|
5121 intent of improving performance and portability.
|
|
0
|
5122
|
|
|
5123 Our eventual goal is to merge with MULE, or at least provide the same base
|
|
46
|
5124 level of functionality. If you would like to help out with this, let us
|
|
0
|
5125 know.
|
|
|
5126
|
|
46
|
5127 - Other work-in-progress includes Motif drag-and-drop support, ToolTalk
|
|
|
5128 support, and support for embedding an Emacs widget inside another
|
|
0
|
5129 application (where it can function as that other application's text-entry
|
|
|
5130 area). This code has not been extensively tested, and may (or may not)
|
|
46
|
5131 have portability problems, but it's there for the adventurous. Comments,
|
|
0
|
5132 suggestions, bug reports, and especially fixes are welcome. But have no
|
|
|
5133 expectations that this experimental code will work at all.
|
|
|
5134
|
|
|
5135
|
|
|
5136 ** Major Differences Between 19.6 and 19.8
|
|
|
5137 ==========================================
|
|
|
5138
|
|
|
5139 There were almost no differences between versions 19.6 and 19.7; version 19.7
|
|
|
5140 was a bug-fix release that was distributed with Energize 2.1.
|
|
|
5141
|
|
|
5142 Lucid Emacs 19.8 represents the first stage of the Lucid Emacs/Epoch merger.
|
|
|
5143 The redisplay engine now in lemacs is an improved descendant of the Epoch
|
|
|
5144 redisplay. As a result, many bugs have been eliminated, and several disabled
|
|
|
5145 features have been re-enabled. Notably:
|
|
|
5146
|
|
|
5147 Selective display (and outline-mode) work.
|
|
|
5148
|
|
|
5149 Horizontally split windows work.
|
|
|
5150
|
|
|
5151 The height of a line is the height of the tallest font displayed on that line;
|
|
|
5152 it is possible for a screen to display lines of differing heights. (Previously,
|
|
|
5153 the height of all lines was the height of the tallest font loaded.)
|
|
|
5154
|
|
|
5155 There is lisp code to scale fonts up and down, for example, to load the next-
|
|
|
5156 taller version of a font.
|
|
|
5157
|
|
|
5158 There is a new internal representation for lisp objects, giving emacs-lisp 28
|
|
|
5159 bit integers and a 28 bit address space, up from the previous maximum of 26.
|
|
|
5160 We expect eventually to increase this to 30 bit integers and a 32 bit address
|
|
|
5161 space, eliminating the need for DATA_SEG_BITS on some architectures. (On 64
|
|
|
5162 bit machines, add 32 to all of these numbers.)
|
|
|
5163
|
|
|
5164 GC performance is improved.
|
|
|
5165
|
|
|
5166 Various X objects (fonts, colors, cursors, pixmaps) are accessible as first-
|
|
|
5167 class lisp objects, with finalization.
|
|
|
5168
|
|
|
5169 An alternate interface to embedding images in the text is provided, called
|
|
|
5170 "annotations." You may create an "annotation margin" which is whitespace at
|
|
|
5171 the left side of the screen that contains only annotations, not buffer text.
|
|
|
5172
|
|
|
5173 When using XPM files, one can specify the values of logical color names to be
|
|
|
5174 used when loading the files.
|
|
|
5175
|
|
|
5176 It is possible to resize windows by dragging their modelines up and down. More
|
|
|
5177 generally, it is possible to add bindings for mouse gestures on the modelines.
|
|
|
5178
|
|
|
5179 There is support for playing sound files on HP machines.
|
|
|
5180
|
|
|
5181 ILISP version 5.5 is included.
|
|
|
5182
|
|
|
5183 The Common Lisp #' read syntax is supported (#' is to "function" as ' is to
|
|
|
5184 "quote".)
|
|
|
5185
|
|
|
5186 The `active-p' slot of menu items is now evaluated, so one can put arbitrary
|
|
|
5187 lisp code in a menu to decide whether that item should be selectable, rather
|
|
|
5188 than doing this with an `activate-menubar-hook'.
|
|
|
5189
|
|
|
5190 The X resource hierarchy has changed slightly, to be more consistent. It used
|
|
|
5191 to be
|
|
|
5192 argv[0] SCREEN-NAME pane screen
|
|
|
5193 ApplicationShell EmacsShell Paned EmacsFrame
|
|
|
5194
|
|
|
5195 now it is
|
|
|
5196
|
|
|
5197 argv[0] shell pane SCREEN-NAME
|
|
|
5198 ApplicationShell EmacsShell Paned EmacsFrame
|
|
|
5199
|
|
|
5200 The Lucid Emacs sources have been largely merged with FSF version 19; this
|
|
|
5201 means that the lisp library contains the most recent releases of various
|
|
|
5202 packages, and many new features of FSF 19 have been incorporated.
|
|
|
5203
|
|
|
5204 Because of this, the lemacs sources should also be substantially more portable.
|
|
|
5205
|
|
|
5206
|
|
|
5207 ** Major Differences Between 19.4 and 19.6
|
|
|
5208 ==========================================
|
|
|
5209
|
|
|
5210 There were almost no differences between versions 19.4 and 19.5; we fixed
|
|
|
5211 a few minor bugs and repacked 19.4 as 19.5 for a CD-ROM that we gave away
|
|
|
5212 as a trade show promotion.
|
|
|
5213
|
|
|
5214 The primary goal of the 19.6 release is stability, rather than improved
|
|
|
5215 functionality, so there aren't many user-visible changes. The most notable
|
|
|
5216 changes are:
|
|
|
5217
|
|
|
5218 - The -geometry command-line option now correctly overrides geometry
|
|
|
5219 specifications in the resource database.
|
|
|
5220 - The `width' and `height' screen-parameters work.
|
|
|
5221 - Font-lock-mode considers the comment start and end characters to be
|
|
|
5222 a part of the comment.
|
|
|
5223 - The lhilit package has been removed. Use font-lock-mode instead.
|
|
|
5224 - vm-isearch has been fixed to work with isearch-mode.
|
|
|
5225 - new versions of ispell and calendar.
|
|
|
5226 - sccs.el has menus.
|
|
|
5227
|
|
|
5228 Lots of bugs were fixed, including the problem that lemacs occasionally
|
|
|
5229 grabbed the keyboard focus.
|
|
|
5230
|
|
|
5231 Also, as of Lucid Emacs 19.6 and Energize 2.0 (shipping now) it is possible
|
|
|
5232 to compile the public release of Lucid Emacs with support for Energize; so
|
|
|
5233 now Energize users will be able to build their own Energize-aware versions
|
|
|
5234 of lemacs, and will be able to use newer versions of lemacs as they are
|
|
|
5235 released to the net. (Of course, this is not behavior covered by your
|
|
|
5236 Energize support contract; you do it at your own risk.)
|
|
|
5237
|
|
|
5238 I have not incorporated all portability patches that I have been sent since
|
|
|
5239 19.4; I will try to get to them soon. However, if you need to make any
|
|
|
5240 changes to lemacs to get it to compile on your system, it would be quite
|
|
|
5241 helpful if you would send me context diffs (diff -c) against version 19.6.
|
|
|
5242
|
|
|
5243
|
|
|
5244 ** Major Differences Between 19.3 and 19.4
|
|
|
5245 ==========================================
|
|
|
5246
|
|
|
5247 Prototypes have been added for all functions. Emacs compiles in the strict
|
|
|
5248 ANSI modes of lcc and gcc, so portability should be vastly improved.
|
|
|
5249
|
|
46
|
5250 Many many many many core leaks have been plugged, especially in screen
|
|
0
|
5251 creation and deletion.
|
|
|
5252
|
|
|
5253 The float support reworked to be more portable and ANSI conformant. This
|
|
46
|
5254 resulted in these new configuration parameters: HAVE_INVERSE_HYPERBOLIC,
|
|
|
5255 HAVE_CBRT, HAVE_RINT, FLOAT_CHECK_ERRNO, FLOAT_CATCH_SIGILL,
|
|
0
|
5256 FLOAT_CHECK_DOMAIN. Let us know if you had to change the defaults on your
|
|
|
5257 architecture.
|
|
|
5258
|
|
46
|
5259 The SunOS unexec has been rewritten, and now works with either static or
|
|
0
|
5260 dynamic libraries, depending on whether -Bstatic or -Bdynamic were specified
|
|
|
5261 at link-time.
|
|
|
5262
|
|
|
5263 Small (character-sized) bitmaps can be mixed in with buffer text via the new
|
|
|
5264 functions set-extent-begin-glyph and set-extent-end-glyph. (This is actually
|
|
|
5265 a piece of functionality that Energize has been using for a while, but we've
|
|
|
5266 just gotten around to making it possible to use it without Energize. See how
|
|
|
5267 nice we are? Go buy our product.)
|
|
|
5268
|
|
|
5269 If compiled with Motif support, one can pop up dialog boxes from emacs lisp.
|
|
|
5270 We encourage someone to contribute Athena an version of this code; it
|
|
46
|
5271 shouldn't be much work.
|
|
0
|
5272
|
|
|
5273 If dialog boxes are available, then y-or-n-p and yes-or-no-p use dialog boxes
|
|
46
|
5274 instead of the minibuffer if invoked as a result of a command that was
|
|
0
|
5275 executed from a menu instead of from the keyboard.
|
|
|
5276
|
|
|
5277 Multiple screen support works better; check out doc of get-screen-for-buffer.
|
|
|
5278
|
|
|
5279 The default binding of backspace is the same as delete. (C-h is still help.)
|
|
|
5280
|
|
46
|
5281 A middle click while the minibuffer is active does completion if you click on
|
|
0
|
5282 a highlighted completion, otherwise it executes the global binding of button2.
|
|
|
5283
|
|
|
5284 New versions of Barry Warsaw's c++-mode and syntax.c. Font-lock-mode works
|
|
|
5285 with C++ mode now.
|
|
|
5286
|
|
|
5287 The semantics of activate-menubar-hook has changed; the functions are called
|
|
|
5288 with no arguments now.
|
|
|
5289
|
|
|
5290 `truename' no longer hacks the automounter; use directory-abbrev-alist instead.
|
|
|
5291
|
|
|
5292 Most minibuffer handling has been reimplemented in emacs-lisp.
|
|
|
5293
|
|
|
5294 There is now a builtin minibuffer history mechanism which replaces gmhist.
|
|
|
5295
|
|
|
5296
|
|
|
5297 ** Major Differences Between 19.2 and 19.3
|
|
|
5298 ==========================================
|
|
|
5299
|
|
|
5300 The ISO characters have correct case and syntax tables now, so the word-motion
|
|
|
5301 and case-converting commands work sensibly on them.
|
|
|
5302
|
|
|
5303 If you set ctl-arrow to an integer, you can control exactly which characters
|
|
|
5304 are printable. (There will be a less crufty way to do this eventually.)
|
|
|
5305
|
|
|
5306 Menubars can now be buffer local; the function set-screen-menubar no longer
|
|
46
|
5307 exists. Look at GNUS and VM for examples of how to do this, or read
|
|
0
|
5308 menubar.el.
|
|
|
5309
|
|
|
5310 When emacs is reading from the minibuffer with completions, any completions
|
|
|
5311 which are visible on the screen will highlight when the mouse moves over them;
|
|
|
5312 clicking middle on a completion is the same as typing it at the minibuffer.
|
|
|
5313 Some implications of this: The *Completions* buffer is always mousable. If
|
|
|
5314 you're using the completion feature of find-tag, your source code will be
|
|
46
|
5315 mousable when you type M-. Dired buffers will be mousable as soon as you
|
|
0
|
5316 type ^X^F. And so on.
|
|
|
5317
|
|
|
5318 The old isearch code has been replaced with a descendant of Dan LaLiberte's
|
|
|
5319 excellent isearch-mode; it is more customizable, and generally less bogus.
|
|
|
5320 You can search for "composed" characters. There are new commands, too; see
|
|
|
5321 the doc for ^S, or the NEWS file.
|
|
|
5322
|
|
|
5323 A patched GNUS 3.14 is included.
|
|
|
5324
|
|
|
5325 The user's manual now documents Lucid Emacs 19.3.
|
|
|
5326
|
|
|
5327 A few more modes have mouse and menu support.
|
|
|
5328
|
|
|
5329 The startup code should be a little more robust, and give you more reasonable
|
|
|
5330 error messages when things aren't installed quite right (instead of the
|
|
|
5331 ubiquitous "cannot open DISPLAY"...)
|
|
|
5332
|
|
|
5333 Subdirectories of the lisp directory whose names begin with a hyphen or dot
|
|
|
5334 are not automatically added to the load-path, so you can use this to avoid
|
|
|
5335 accidentally inflicting experimental software on your users.
|
|
|
5336
|
|
|
5337 I've tried to incorporate all of the portability patches that were sent to
|
|
46
|
5338 me; I tried to solve some of the problems in different ways than the
|
|
0
|
5339 patches did, so let me know if I missed something.
|
|
|
5340
|
|
|
5341 Some systems will need to define NEED_STRDUP, NEED_REALPATH, HAVE_DREM, or
|
|
|
5342 HAVE_REMAINDER in config.h. Really this should be done in the appropriate
|
|
|
5343 s- or m- files, but I don't know which systems need these and which don't.
|
|
|
5344 If yours does, let me know which file it should be in.
|
|
|
5345
|
|
|
5346 Check out these new packages:
|
|
|
5347
|
|
|
5348 blink-paren.el: causes the matching parenthesis to flash on and off whenever
|
|
|
5349 the cursor is sitting on a paren-syntax character.
|
|
|
5350
|
|
|
5351 pending-del.el: Certain commands implicitly delete the highlighted region:
|
|
|
5352 Typing a character when there is a highlighted region replaces
|
|
|
5353 that region with the typed character.
|
|
|
5354
|
|
|
5355 font-lock.el: A code-highlighting package, driven off of syntax tables, so
|
|
46
|
5356 that it understands block comments, strings, etc. The
|
|
0
|
5357 insertion hook is used to fontify text as you type it in.
|
|
|
5358
|
|
|
5359 shell-font.el: Displays your shell-buffer prompt in boldface.
|
|
46
|
5360
|
